home
***
CD-ROM
|
disk
|
FTP
|
other
***
search
/
World of Shareware - Software Farm 2
/
wosw_2.zip
/
wosw_2
/
PRINTING
/
LASR_500.ZIP
/
LASR-MAN.DOC
< prev
next >
Wrap
Text File
|
1993-04-30
|
352KB
|
8,747 lines
Ç ────────────────────────────────────────────
Ç ┼┐════════════════════════════════════════════
╔╬╗ ┴
╨║╨ ┐
╔╩╗ ┴
╨ ╨
▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄
▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▄ ▒▒█
▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█▒▒▄▒▒█
▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▀▀▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▒▒█▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▒▒▄▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▀▒▒▒█
▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▒▒█▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█ ▒▒█
▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀
Welcome to LASR-MAN, a utility program to print text files on a laser or ink jet
printer in a variety of styles!
▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
U S E R M A N U A L
Version 5.0
▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄
Copyright 1990-1993 by Micrometric.
All rights reserved.
LASR-MAN is distributed as SHAREWARE and, as such, may be copied and shared on a
private non-commercial basis with others in its unmodified form. Liability is
limited to replacing the software for registered users. There is no liability
for any damage or loss caused by this software, directly or indirectly.
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌───────┐ │█
│ ┌────┴──┐ │ (R) │█
│ ──│ │O │─────────────────── │█
│ │ ┌────┴╨─┐ │ Association of │█
│ │ │ │─┘ Shareware │█
│ └──│ O │ Professionals │█
│ ─────│ ║ │───────────────────── │█
│ └───╨───┘ MEMBER │█
└────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█
██████████████████████████████████████████████████
If you have problems with this program, or want to send comments, manual correc-
tions, configuration files for other printers that you want to share, or en-
hancement suggestions, you may call or mail them to:
Micrometric
98 Dade Avenue
Sarasota, FLorida 34232-1609 USA
Tech Support . . (813) 377-2515
FAX . . . . . . . (813) 377-2091
Support BBS . . . (813) 371-2490
The Micrometric Software Support BBS provides availability of and technical
support for the Micrometric ■■■■-MAN series of shareware programs. First time
callers have access to the board and can leave messages or download re-
plies/current shareware releases. Registered users may also download the latest
Beta test software releases, when available.
Additionally, you can send routed E-Mail via the RIME(tm) network to David
Groome at the ->ACTION node in the ASP, Laser, Batch, Common, or Shareware con-
ferences. I also check CompuServe (71631,744), but only on an infrequent basis.
PKZIP, PKUNZIP, and PKSFX are trademarks of PKWARE, Inc.
LaserJet and DeskJet are trademarks of the Hewlett-Packard Company.
Epson is a registered trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation.
IBM PC, XT, AT, and PC-DOS are registered trademarks of the IBM Corporation.
MS-DOS is a registered trademark and Windows is a trademark of the Microsoft
Corporation.
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
QUICK INSTALL/OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Major Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Print Style Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Manual Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Page layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Brackets and parentheses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Computer key conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Action steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
■■■■-MAN programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Shareware distributed documentation manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Shareware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Installation on Non-Path Referenced Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
From a Diskette Vendor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
From a BBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Registered Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
RUNNING LASR-MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Program Operation with Microsoft Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Command Line/Environment Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Summary of All Available Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Archive Bit Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Change Configuration File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Cover File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Drive-Directory Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
File - File Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Option File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Option Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Output To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Paper Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Paper Source Bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Printer Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Print Font to Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Reverse Second Pass Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
STAMP-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Style of Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Title (Header/Footer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
User Display Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
User Menu Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
HELP Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
UTILITY MENU Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS LASR-MAN Version 5.0
ESCAPE Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
File View Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Actions and Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Disk Not Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Printer Not Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
MAIN MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Background Information Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Operation Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Main Menu Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
SETUP FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Data path [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Change confg [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
User level [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Printer [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Print Fonts to Use [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Monitor [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Change menu colors [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Restore Conf [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Reload the Defaults [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Restore Path [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Save Options [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
OPTIONS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Paper Size [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Style of Output [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Pages/Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Text Pages/Book Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Option File [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Cover file [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Page Title [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Option Switches [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
File Page Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Switch Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Binding margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Print Form Feeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Title Headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Page Dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Page Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Blank Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
No Left Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Spaces/Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Tab Print Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Text Word Wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Line/Page Limit [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Stamp-it! [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
FILES SELECT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
File Selection/Tag [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
4
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS
File Mask [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Archive bit [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
PRINT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Paper Source Bin [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Print these Selected Files [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Reverse 2nd Pass Output [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Output To [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Cutting and Folding Sheets for Pamphlets and Books . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page 129
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page 129
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Eight Pages/Side One Text Page/Book Page 130
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, Two Text Pages/Book Page 130
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Eight Pages/Side, Four Text Pages/Book
Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Stapling Pamphlets and Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
EXIT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Return to DOS [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Cancel [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Save Options [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
DESKJET PRINTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
LASR-MAN FILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
5
QUICK INSTALL/OPERATION
This chapter is presented for, and dedicated to, those that are "Advanced" com-
puter users, who feel that use of the manual is a "LAST RESORT" and only want to
find out how to install LASR-MAN quickly and get the program running.
To QUICK INSTALL LASR-MAN, first copy the distribution file(s) to a directory on
your hard disk, preferably empty. For example, create a directory named
"\LASR-MAN" and then copy the files from the distribution diskette to it.
Next, unpack these files, either by typing the name of the distribution file if
it is of the self-extracting type - denoted by an extension of "EXE" - or decom-
press the files using the PKUNZIP program, version 2.
To run the LASR-MAN program, first change the current drive and directory to
that on which you have installed the program, type LASR-MAN and press ENTER .
All of the command line parameters are optional and none are normally required
to run the program.
7
INTRODUCTION
LASR-MAN prints ASCII text files (those without format control characters) on a
laser or ink jet printer in any of thirty-six styles. Available styles include:
normal portrait or landscape orientation, each with five font sizes ranging from
ten to thirty-three characters per inch; multiple pages per paper sheet - two,
four, eight, or sixteen; individual files, where each is printed in the form of
a pamphlet; groups of files printed together, each file as a chapter, in the
form of a book. See the section "PRINT STYLE OVERVIEW", later in this chapter,
for a more complete description of all of the available print styles.
LASR-MAN can dramatically decrease the amount of paper required to print many of
your documents - by as much as 93%. It can also save laser toner (except for the
Pica pitch, the characters are smaller) and wear and tear on the printer (less
paper passing through). It's great for use with draft documents, program list-
ings and manuals, wide spreadsheets, database listings, legal documents, etc.
You can select the print pitch size based on usage: normal and medium sizes for
everyday use, small and tiny print for draft, occasional, and archival purposes.
Many options are available including custom header/footer page titles, cover
files, a halftone "rubber stamp", and menu option/file(s) selection. Other op-
tions include user levels, menu colors, customizable page header, print fonts to
use, and substitution of spaces for tabs. The configuration file includes com-
mands for printing on letter, legal, and A4 size paper.
LASR-MAN options may be specified in an environment variable, on the program's
command line, from a file of saved options, or by menu selection while the pro-
gram is running. Files to be printed may be selected in the same manner.
One option of especial importance is that of USER LEVEL. There are three user
levels available within the system: "Normal", "Advanced", and "Expert". These
user levels control the number of available options and the background informa-
tion displays.
LASR-MAN prints only unformatted ASCII files. If you use it to print a .COM file
or a document generated by a word processor such as WordPerfect and stored in
that word processor's format, the output will look strange. To print a document
generated from a word processor and normally stored in it's format, first have
the word processor program store the document in the unformatted "ASCII" form.
The only control characters that are passed from the text file to the printer
are carriage return (13), line feed (10), and form feed (12). The tab character
(9) is converted to spaces. All other control characters (0-31) are replaced by
a '■', or, optionally, another user selected character. Valid characters
(32-255) are printed "as-is".
The default printer commands are configured for use with several Hewlett-Packard
LaserJet and DeskJet printer models. However all printer commands are available
to the user in the configuration file and each may be changed for use with other
printers. See the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE" for information on
changing the printer commands and messages.
LASR-MAN will support both Hewlett-Packard LaserJet and DeskJet printers and
those that emulate them. Users with DeskJet printers should read the chapter
"DESKJET PRINTERS" for a list of printing limitations.
8
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 INTRODUCTION
Major Features
Printing
* Sixteen Major Print Styles:
- Single and double sided standard portrait type orientation.
- Single and double sided standard landscape type orientation.
- Single and double sided landscape type with two pages/sheet side.
- Single and double sided portrait type with four pages/sheet side.
- Single and double sided landscape type with eight pages/sheet side.
- Pamphlet type - four, eight, or sixteen pages per sheet.
- Book type (a merge of multiple files into one document) - four, eight, or
sixteen pages per sheet.
* Five character pitch options with standard portrait and landscape type orien-
tation: ten, twelve, seventeen, twenty-three, or thirty-three characters per
inch.
* Letter Gothic family of soft downloadable fonts available for all pitch op-
tions - or use internal fonts for fastest print speed.
* Supports Hewlett-Packard LaserJet and DeskJet printers, and compatibles.
* Print up to seventy-five files of 5000 pages in one program pass.
* Support for printing of letter, legal, and A4 paper sizes.
* Ability to select and print cover files before other selected files.
* Select and print halftone "rubber stamps", with either of two styles, on each
text page.
* Three paging options for Book and Pamphlet styles: one, two, or four text
pages per book page.
* Optional three segment page header/footer title that may be customized to
include user entered data, the file name, its last date and time updated,
current date and time, and the page number.
* Variety of option switches for output formatting including:
- Page title left and right segments may be reversed on even pages.
- Option to allow a half-inch binding border.
- Menu selection from ten page divider styles for multiple text pages per
side.
- Horizontal or vertical text page flow for 4 and 8 pages per side output
styles.
- Options to suppress blank lines and/or left margins on output.
- Define how many spaces text tabs represent; how many space wide they will
print.
Operation
* Multiple menu and display user levels - Normal, Advanced, and Expert.
* Menu selection of paper size and paper source bin using a configuration file
that is user-editable; override any parameter(s) with selectable change con-
figuration files.
* Output may be directed to any LPT1-3 or COM1-4 port, or to a disk file.
* No need to type the paths and names of files to be printed.
* Determine the required number of printed pages for any file before its print
selection.
* Change the program options and save the changes in a named option file. These
options may then be reloaded any time the program is run.
* Ability to select only files whose archive bit is on and then turn it off
9
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
after printing.
* Specify the file names to be displayed and then tagged for printing with DOS
wildcard characters.
* Tag individual files or groups of files on the selected directory for print-
ing.
* Preview how a file's pages will look when printed before selecting the file
or before printing it.
* Determine the pages/sheets required for the currently marked files during
selection.
* Single pass printing of both sides of a paper sheet with duplex printers.
* Second pass print messages may be user-edited.
* May be set for reverse printing of the second print pass to allow for the use
of any input tray.
* A utility menu, accessed with F10 , allows closing the printer file and en-
able/disable blinking when used with multi-tasking operating systems.
Structure
* User interface is with pop-up window menus whose colors are user- selectable.
* Menus follow the IBM SAA/CUA (System Application Architecture-Common Usage
Access) guidelines.
* Automatic color display on systems so equipped - user may set menu colors.
* Specify most options in the Environment and/or the program's command line and
then be able to override them with the program menus.
* Context sensitive help available for all actions.
* Special document files to assist in determining the proper operating proce-
dures for the various printer setups and printing styles.
* Indexed manual may be printed with this program.
* Registered users may suppress the shareware reminder message displays and
receive a printed/bound manual along with a brand program that will register
the program.
10
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 INTRODUCTION
Print Style Overview
LASR-MAN will print text documents in either portrait or landscape orientation
on a laser printer. PORTRAIT orientation is where the long side of the paper is
on the left and right edge, and the short side is on the top and bottom edge of
the paper sheet, as shown below.
NOTE The style diagrams in this section denote one side of a paper sheet
with a single closed boxed line. A text page is depicted using the '░'
character.
╔════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 1 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 10, 12, 17, 23, or 33 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ long side ──>│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ ║
╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
LANDSCAPE TYPE orientation has the long side as the top and bottom edge and the
short side on the left and right edge, as shown below.
╔════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 1 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 10, 12, 17, 23, or 33 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ short side ──>│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
11
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Additionally, more that one text page may be printed on one side of the paper.
The style summaries depicted above show only one text page per side while those
below show two, four, and eight text pages per side.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 2 or 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 17 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 or 8 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 23 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGE FLOW: Horizontal │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ │───────────┼───────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 or 16 │ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ PITCH: 33 │────────┼────────┼────────┼────────│ ║
║ PAGE FLOW: Horizontal │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:7 │ PAGE:8 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
12
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 INTRODUCTION
On sheets printed with either four or eight text pages per side, the page flow
may be either horizontal, as shown above, or vertical, as shown below.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 or 8 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 23 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGE FLOW: Vertical │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ║
║ │───────────┼───────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 or 16 │ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:7 │ ║
║ PITCH: 33 │────────┼────────┼────────┼────────│ ║
║ PAGE FLOW: Vertical │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:4 │ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:8 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
13
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Text files may also be printed in either the form of a pamphlet or a book.
A Pamphlet TYPE is defined within LASR-MAN as the text contents of a SINGLE file
printed on a set of paper sheets, such that it can be cut/folded in the form of
a pamphlet or booklet (cutting is only required for styles that print four or
eight pages per side).
Sample depictions of the output from either PAMPHLET TYPE or BOOK TYPE style of
a single file each, containing only the number of pages that will fit on a sin-
gle sheet of paper, are shown below.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ STYLE: Pamphlet or Book ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 2 ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 ║
║ PITCH: 17 ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:4 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:3 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ STYLE: Pamphlet │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ or Book │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 │ ░░ PAGE:8 │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ░░ PAGE:7 │ ║
║ PITCH: 23 │═══════════╪═══════════│ │═══════════╪═══════════│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:6 │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ░░ PAGE:5 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
║ (Double line signifies to CUT the sheets here) ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
14
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 INTRODUCTION
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ STYLE: Pamphlet or Book ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 16 ║
║ PITCH: 33 ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:16│ PAGE:1 ║ PAGE:14│ PAGE:3 │ │ PAGE:4 │ PAGE:13║ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:15│ ║
║ │════════╪════════╬════════╪════════│ │════════╪════════╬════════╪════════│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:12│ PAGE:5 ║ PAGE:10│ PAGE:7 │ │ PAGE:8 │ PAGE:9 ║ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:11│ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
║ (Double line signifies to CUT the sheets here) ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
PAMPHLET TYPE output always prints individual files on separate sets of output
sheets. If two files are printed in PAMPHLET TYPE style at one time, the output
will consist of TWO separate sets of paper sheets, each one with the text con-
tents of only ONE of the two files.
A BOOK TYPE is printed in the same manner as the PAMPHLET TYPE, except there is
only one set of paper sheets of output, regardless of the number of files print-
ed at one time. Each file is treated as a chapter in the book, and these files
are printed one after another.
NOTE Printing a single file with either PAMPHLET TYPE or BOOK TYPE style
will result in the same output.
15
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
The same two files are depicted below, first in PAMPHLET TYPE style, and then in
BOOK TYPE style.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ STYLE: Pamphlet │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait or │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ├─┐ ║
║ Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 2, 4, or 8 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4, 8, or 16 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ├────┐ ║
║ PITCH: 17, 23, or 33│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │░░░ ├─┐ ║
║ │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:8 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:1 │ │░░░ │ │ ║
║ └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │░░░ │ ├─┐ ║
║ │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:6 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:3 │░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ └────┬──────────────────────────────┘░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ NOTE: Only the front of │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ these pamphlet sheets │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:12│ FILE:2░░░PAGE:1 │ │ │ ║
║ is shown here. └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ ║
║ The remaining text pages │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:10│ FILE:2░░░PAGE:3 │ │ ║
║ would be printed on the └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ ║
║ back. │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:8 │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:5 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ STYLE: Book │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait or │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ├─┐ ║
║ Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 2, 4, or 8 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ├─┐ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4, 8, or 16 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ├─┐ ║
║ PITCH: 17, 23, or 33 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ├─┐ ║
║ │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:12│ FILE:1░░░PAGE:1 │ │ │ │ │ ║
║ └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ │ │ ║
║ │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:10│ FILE:1░░░PAGE:3 │ │ │ │ ║
║ NOTE: Only the front of └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ │ ║
║ these book sheets │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:8 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:5 │ │ │ ║
║ is shown here. └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ ║
║ The remaining text pages │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:6 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:7 │ │ ║
║ would be printed on the └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ ║
║ back. │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:4 │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:1 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
PAMPHLET and BOOK type output may also have more than one text page per book
page. The three options of one, two, or four text pages per book page are graph-
ically shown below.
16
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 INTRODUCTION
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ STYLE: Pamphlet or Book ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 2 ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 ║
║ TEXT PAGES/ ║
║ BOOK PAGE: 1 ║
║ PITCH: 17 ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:4 ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ PAGE:1 │ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 ║ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:3 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
║ ▓▓ ═>BOOK PAGE 1 (Double line signifies to FOLD the sheets here) ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ STYLE: Pamphlet │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ or Book │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 │ ░░ PAGE:7 │ ░░ PAGE:8 │ │ ░░ PAGE:5 │ ░░ PAGE:6 │ ║
║ TEXT PAGES/ │═══════════╪═══════════│ │═══════════╪═══════════│ ║
║ BOOK PAGE: 2 │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 23 │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓ PAGE:1 │ ▓▓ PAGE:2 │ │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
║ ▓▓ ═>BOOK PAGE 1 (Double line signifies to FOLD the sheets here) ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
17
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ STYLE: Pamphlet or Book ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 16 ║
║ TEXT PAGES/ ║
║ BOOK PAGE: 4 ║
║ PITCH: 33 ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:13│ PAGE:14║ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:6 ║ PAGE:9 │ PAGE:10│ ║
║ │────────┼────────╫────────┼────────│ │────────┼────────╫────────┼────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:15│ PAGE:16║ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ │ PAGE:7 │ PAGE:8 ║ PAGE:11│ PAGE:12│ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
║ ▓▓ ═>BOOK PAGE 1 (Double line signifies to FOLD the sheets here) ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
All three of the last styles are useful when printing out large documents, the
last two especially for occasional use.
There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the
largest of those sizes - Pica Letter Gothic. This font is normally printed at
ten characters per inch horizontally and six lines per inch vertically.
There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the
second largest of those sizes - Elite Letter Gothic. This font is normally
printed at twelve characters per inch horizontally and eight lines per inch
vertically.
There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the
middle of those sizes - Line Printer Letter Gothic. This font is normally print-
ed at 16.67 characters per inch horizontally, 9.34 lines per inch vertically,
and is used when printing two text pages per side.
There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the
next to the smallest of those sizes - Small Letter Gothic. This font is normally
printed at twenty-three characters per inch horizontally, 12.67 lines per inch
vertically, and is used when printing four text pages per side.
There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the
smallest of those sizes - Tiny Letter Gothic. This font is normally printed at
thirty-three characters per inch horizontally, sixteen lines per inch vertical-
ly, and is used when printing eight text pages per side.
The following table presents a summary of the thirty-six LASR-MAN printing
styles currently available.
18
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 INTRODUCTION
╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ S T Y L E S U M M A R Y ║
╠═══════════╤═══════╤═══════╤══════╤═══════╤═══════════════════════════════════╣
║ │ │ │ │ │ PAPER SIZE ║
║ MAJOR │ SIDES │ PAGES │ PAGES│ PITCH ├───────────┬───────────┬───────────╢
║ STYLE │ ───── │ ───── │ ──── │ │ LETTER │ LEGAL │ A4 ║
║ TYPE │ SHEET │ SIDE │ BOOK │ ├─────┬─────┼─────┬─────┼─────┬─────╢
║ │ │ │ PAGE │ CPI* │ CPL*│ LPP*│ CPL │ LPP │ CPL │ LPP ║
╟───────────┼───────┼───────┼──────┼───────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────╢
║ Portrait │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 10 │ 80 │ 60 │ 80 │ 78 │ 77 │ 65 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 12 │ 96 │ 81 │ 96 │ 105 │ 93 │ 87 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 17 │ 133 │ 95 │ 133 │ 123 │ 129 │ 102 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 23 │ 183 │ 131 │ 183 │ 169 │ 179 │ 140 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 33 │ 264 │ 166 │ 264 │ 213 │ 258 │ 176 ║
║ │ 1 │ 4 │ - │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 10 │ 80 │ 60 │ 80 │ 78 │ 77 │ 65 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 12 │ 96 │ 81 │ 96 │ 105 │ 93 │ 87 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 17 │ 133 │ 95 │ 133 │ 123 │ 129 │ 102 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 23 │ 183 │ 131 │ 183 │ 169 │ 179 │ 140 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 33 │ 264 │ 166 │ 264 │ 213 │ 258 │ 176 ║
║ │ 2 │ 4 │ - │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║
╟───────────┼───────┼───────┼──────┼───────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────╢
║ Landscape │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 10 │ 106 │ 45 │ 136 │ 45 │ 112 │ 43 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 12 │ 127 │ 61 │ 163 │ 60 │ 135 │ 59 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 17 │ 176 │ 72 │ 226 │ 72 │ 187 │ 70 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 23 │ 243 │ 98 │ 313 │ 98 │ 259 │ 94 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 33 │ 351 │ 125 │ 451 │ 125 │ 374 │ 122 ║
║ │ 1 │ 2 │ - │ 17 │ 81 │ 72 │ 106 │ 72 │ 86 │ 60 ║
║ │ 1 │ 8 │ - │ 33 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 58 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 10 │ 106 │ 45 │ 136 │ 45 │ 112 │ 43 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 12 │ 127 │ 61 │ 163 │ 60 │ 135 │ 59 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 17 │ 176 │ 72 │ 226 │ 72 │ 187 │ 70 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 23 │ 243 │ 98 │ 313 │ 98 │ 259 │ 94 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 33 │ 351 │ 125 │ 451 │ 125 │ 374 │ 122 ║
║ │ 2 │ 2 │ - │ 17 │ 81 │ 72 │ 106 │ 72 │ 86 │ 60 ║
║ │ 2 │ 8 │ - │ 33 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 58 ║
╟───────────┼───────┼───────┼──────┼───────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────╢
║ Pamphlet │ 2 │ 2 │ 1 │ 17 │ 81 │ 72 │ 106 │ 72 │ 86 │ 69 ║
║ │ 2 │ 4 │ 1 │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║
║ │ 2 │ 4 │ 2 │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║
║ │ 2 │ 8 │ 1 │ 33 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 60 ║
║ │ 2 │ 8 │ 4 │ 33 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 60 ║
╟───────────┼───────┼───────┼──────┼───────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────╢
║ Book │ 2 │ 2 │ 1 │ 17 │ 81 │ 72 │ 106 │ 72 │ 86 │ 69 ║
║ │ 2 │ 4 │ 1 │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║
║ │ 2 │ 4 │ 2 │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║
║ │ 2 │ 8 │ 1 │ 33 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 60 ║
║ │ 2 │ 8 │ 4 │ 33 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 60 ║
╚═══════════╧═══════╧═══════╧══════╧═══════╧═════╧═════╧═════╧═════╧═════╧═════╝
* CPI=Characters per inch CPL=Characters per line LPP=Lines per page
NOTE: If no header/footer is printed, the lines/page will be increased by two.
19
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
System Requirements
LASR-MAN will run on an IBM PC, XT, AT, or a true compatible. It has been tested
with PC-DOS/MS-DOS operating systems version 3.0 through 6.0. The program will
determine what type of display monitor is available and adjust itself accord-
ingly. The program was developed using Hewlett-Packard LaserJet IIP and DeskJet
500 printers, and should work with any LaserJet/DeskJet compatible printer. The
program may also be used with other laser or ink jet printers that use the
Printer Control Language (PCL) after defining their printer command codes in a
configuration file. The configuration file supplied was set up for a laser
printer with PCL4 and an ink jet printer with PCL3+ capability.
Manual Format
This manual is divided into several introductory chapters followed by a chapter
for each LASR-MAN function menu. The format of these chapters, and the informa-
tion presented therein, has been standardized using the following conventions.
Page layout - Each page has a header detailing the chapter and the program ver-
sion covered. A footer displays the manual page number.
Brackets and parentheses - Brackets, [...], are used in the manual and in the
help screens to specify what should be entered in response to the current
prompt. If a character string is to be entered, the type of character is noted,
such as ALPHA, NUMERIC, ANY, etc. Parentheses, (..), are used for comments.
Computer key conventions - Keys specified in the manual text that are not in
entry brackets are shown as reversed text, such as ESCAPE . All key references
are in capital letters for clarity.
Action steps - Some procedures may require selection from a menu of options,
inputting data, or following a sequence of operations. Most manual sections will
first give an overview of the function or task under discussion and then detail
the various action operating procedures. In order to make this manual easier to
use, a symbol, -> , marks the beginning of each of these action operating proce-
dures.
■■■■-MAN programs - The general group of shareware programs by Micrometric is
referred to by the name ■■■■-MAN. It may also be used in reference to a specific
program in that group.
Shareware distributed documentation manual - The documentation file included on
the shareware distribution diskette contains the same information as the printed
and bound manual, supplied as part of registration, with two exceptions, the
result of the word processor, formatting, and printer used. The first is that
all of the control display characters (ASCII 1-31) and the reverse print key-
board codes are NOT shown properly. Finally, bolding, underlining, and special
symbols are NOT present.
20
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 INTRODUCTION
Shareware
LASR-MAN is being distributed as SHAREWARE. The SHAREWARE concept allows users
to examine a program on a trial basis, at no (or minimal) charge, before pur-
chasing it. In addition, by decreasing marketing costs, professional quality
software may be distributed for a fraction of the cost of a comparable commer-
cial product. Regardless of whether you register the program, please help dis-
tribute LASR-MAN by sharing unmodified copies of it and its files with others.
You are hereby granted the right to use the LASR-MAN program for a thirty (30)
day evaluation period. If you find LASR-MAN of value, and continue to use it
after this evaluation period, YOU MUST REGISTER YOUR PROGRAM USE. This will
provide you with:
* A 7" x 8 1/2" printed and bound manual.
* LASR-MAN phone or mail support for one year.
* Notification of the next major LASR-MAN release.
* Additional LASR-MAN configuration change files.
* Ability to suppress the shareware registration reminder message displayed
at the end of the program.
* An installation/update/registration branding program.
* Sincere thanks for your support of the SHAREWARE concept.
A Single System Program Registration entitles the user to unlimited use of the
LASR-MAN program on a single computer.
A Site License Program Registration entitles the user to unlimited use of the
LASR-MAN program on all computers, including networks, at a single corporate
location.
Program Registration, Single System . . . . . $35.
Includes latest version diskette and manual
Program Registration, Site License . . . . $175.
Includes latest version diskette and manual
Latest Version Diskette only . . . . . . . . $5.
Shipping - Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . $5.
Shipping - Air (for outside of USA/Canada only) $10.
COD orders (USA only), add $5.
Florida residents, add 7% sales tax.
COD and Credit Card orders may be placed by calling the toll free order line.
ADDRESS: Micrometric
98 Dade Avenue
Sarasota, FLorida 34232-1609 USA
PHONE: Tech Support . . (813) 377-2515
FAX . . . . . . . (813) 377-2091
Support BBS . . . (813) 371-2490
Order Line . . . (800) 929-0184
For ease in program registration, a registration order form may be printed at
the program exit or there is a quick registration form that is available with
the program F1 help key.
21
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
This program is produced by a member of the Association of Shareware Profession-
als (ASP). ASP wants to make sure that the shareware principal works for you. If
you are unable to resolve a shareware-related problem with an ASP member by
contacting the member directly, ASP may be able to help. The ASP Ombudsman can
help you resolve a dispute or problem with an ASP member, but does not provide
technical support for members' products. Please write to the ASP Ombudsman at
545 Grover Road, Muskegon, MI 49442-9427, send a CompuServe message via easyplex
to ASP Ombudsman 70007,3536, or by FAX to the ASP FAX number: (616) 788-2765. In
communications with the Ombudsman please include a telephone number and/or FAX
if available.
22
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM
Installation on Non-Path Referenced Directories
If the LASR-MAN files are not located on PATH referenced directories, then, when
executing LASR-MAN, either:
1. The drive-directory on which they are located must be made the current
one, or
2. The drive-directory on which they are located must be specified on the
command line.
See the chapter "Running LASR-MAN" for more complete details on operation if the
files are not located on path directories.
From a Diskette Vendor
If the LASR-MAN program has been obtained from a diskette vendor, you should
follow any of their instruction on unpacking/installing the programs (if indeed
they have separate instructions.) The program, and its files, can be supplied as
a self extracting file whose name is "LASR@xxx.EXE" (xxx is the version, such as
"LASR@100").
This file should first be copied to a directory on your hard disk. This direc-
tory may be a new one, such as one named "LP", and created specifically for
LASR-MAN, or a current one, such as "UTILITY", that has other programs/files.
For information on creating a separate directory, see your DOS manual.
Once the file is copied to the desired hard disk directory, at the DOS prompt
change to this drive directory, and then type the EXE file name (such as
"LASR@100") and press ENTER . This will unpack all of the LASR-MAN files.
From a BBS
If the LASR-MAN file was downloaded from a Bulletin Board, it should first be
copied to a directory as defined above, and then unpacked, using whatever pro-
gram is specified by the Bulletin Board. It is normally distributed with a name
of "LASR@vvv.ZIP" (vvv is the version) or "LASMAN.ZIP" and requires PKUNZIP,
version 2, to unpack the files.
The user manual (this document) may be printed out by LASR-MAN, but only after
it is installed. (Sort of like the chicken and egg problem, isn't it!)
Registered Version
Registered users should use the program "INSTALL", that is supplied upon regis-
tration. This program will create a registration file which will, in turn, sup-
press the shareware registration reminders. If the system is already installed,
and only "BRANDING" the system with the registration information is desired, you
can run the program "LASR-MAN", and when exiting, select the "BRAND" option by
pressing F4 .
-> To install LASR-MAN on your hard disk, or to upgrade to a new release, follow
the steps detailed below:
23
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR-MAN Version 5.0
1. Place the LASR-MAN distribution diskette in your floppy diskette drive.
2. At the DOS prompt, change to the drive in which the distribution diskette is
located. For example, if the diskette was placed in drive A, type A : and
press ENTER .
3. Type I N S T A L L and press ENTER . The installation program
will then be loaded, and its display should be as shown below.
╒═╡ INSTallation MANagement Program ╞══════════╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄░│
│░ Ç ░░█ ░░░▄ ░░█░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀░░█▀▀▀ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█░│
│░ ┌┼┐ ░░█ ░░█░░▄░░█░░░░░░░░▄ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█░│
│░ ┌┴┐ ░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█ ░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█░│
│░═┴═┴═░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░░░░░░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█░│
│░ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀░│
╘╡ INST-MAN Version 4.00 Copyright 1990-93 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>Exit│ENTER/[char]>Select│ HomeEnd│
NOTE Context sensitive help is available from this point in the installa-
tion program on, by pressing the F1 key. For more information on
the help available, see the "Help Key" section in the "Running
LASR-MAN" chapter.
4. If a color video card is detected, the following prompt will be displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ Color Monitor Card Detected ╞═╗ │
│ ║ Use the color display ║█ │
│ ║ Force a monochrome display ║█ │
│ ╚═════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ███████████████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
-> If your system has a color monitor, press U .
-> If your system has a monochrome or LCD display, press F .
5. A selection list of all path referenced directories is next displayed.
NOTE Although LASR-MAN will run from a non-path directory, placing its
files on any path-referenced directory(s) allows the directory from
which files are to be printed to be set as the current directory,
before executing the program.
24
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM
┌────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Select the INSTALLATION DIRECTORY ├─┐ │
│ │ C:\BAT │█ │
│ │ C:\DOS-500 │█ │
│ │ C:\UTILITY │█ │
│ │ C:\ZIP │█ │
│ │ C:\ │█ │
│ │ User Defined Drive-Directory Path │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel the installation program at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To select one of the path referenced directories on which to install
LASR-MAN, move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER .
-> To specify a non-path referenced directory on which to install LASR-MAN,
press U and then press ENTER . A data entry window for the installation
path will then be displayed, as shown below (with an example path already
entered). Enter the desired drive and directory path on which to install
LASR-MAN, using the control keys described on the bottom help line.
NOTE INSTALL can only create directories one level deeper than that
which currently exists. If the directory C:\ABC exists, the di-
rectory C:\ABC\XYZ may be created; if C:\ABC does not already
exist, an error will occur.
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Enter Path ├────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ C:\LASR.......................................................... │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel defining the path, press ESCAPE . The program will return to
directory selection.
-> To accept the path as entered and edited, press ENTER . If the speci-
fied directory does not currently exist, the following message will be
displayed.
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├───────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ The drive-directory path as entered DOES NOT currently exist. │█ │
│ │ This directory WILL NOW BE created. │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel creation of this directory, press ESCAPE .
-> To create it, press ENTER . If the specified drive is invalid or
the requested installation directory's parent does not exist, an
error message will be displayed.
25
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR-MAN Version 5.0
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ The drive-directory path as entered CANNOT BE CREATED. │█ │
│ │ Please edit and CORRECT this path. │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
Press any key, and then re-edit the installation path.
6. A TYPE OF INSTALLATION selection menu will next be displayed. INSTALL will
process either ■■■■-MAN SYSTEMS or their SUPPLEMENTAL FILES.
SYSTEMS consist of the files necessary for basic program operation.
SUPPLEMENTAL FILES contain additional information needed to accomplish added
support or increased functionality.
┌───────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ TYPE OF INSTALLATION ╞═╗ │
│ ║ Systems - Programs ║█ │
│ ║ supplemental Files ║█ │
│ ║ eXit Installation ║█ │
│ ╚══════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────┘
-> To install one or more SYSTEMS at this time, press S . A menu of avail-
able SYSTEMS will then be displayed. For further installation instruc-
tions, go to Step 7.
-> To install one or more SUPPLEMENTAL FILES at this time, press F . A menu
of the available SUPPLEMENTAL FILES will then be displayed. For further
installation instructions, go to Step 11.
-> To exit the INSTALL program at this time, press X .
7. If more than one system is available for installation, a SYSTEM TO INSTALL
selection menu will be displayed, as shown below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ TAG ╞╡ Select the SYSTEM(S) TO INSTALL ╞═════════════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ DRIV-MAN SINGLE SCREEN data/graphical summary all disk drives ║█ │
│ ║ ENVI-MAN Environment data summary, environ. space remaining ║█ │
│ ║ FILE-MAN Menu driven DOS file manager, directory tree ║█ │
│ ║ LASR-MAN Print text files on a laser printer, 36 print styles ║█ │
│ ║ MENU-MAN Display custom user selection menus from batch files ║█ │
│ ║ PATH-MAN Determines if a file is on a PATH directory ║█ │
│ ║ ------ eXIT SELECTION AND INSTALL ALL TAGGED (√) ------ ║█ │
│ ╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To terminate the installation program at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To toggle the INSTALL TAG for a given SYSTEM, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlight bar to in with the arrow keys and press ENTER . A
[√] character to the left of the SYSTEM name denotes that this SYSTEM will
be installed.
-> To conclude the SYSTEM selection process, press X . The INSTALLATION
FUNCTION menu for each selected system will then be displayed.
26
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM
8. A list of all of the selected SYSTEMS files is next displayed, along with an
INSTALLATION FUNCTION menu. The normal sequence of operations is to first
"Install" the SYSTEM program and files, and then "Brand" the SYSTEM with your
name and serial number.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Select the INSTALLATION FUNCTION ╞═══════════════════╕ │
│ │ Install system Brand system eXit │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ File Name Status Hard Disk Path/File Description LASR-MAN FILES ╞═╕ │
││ System═>LASR-MAN Print text files on a laser printer, 36 print styles│█│
││ LASR-MAN.EXE PROCESS Laser printer utility program │█│
││ YYYY.YYY PROCESS Other files... │█│
│╘═╡ INSTALLATION PATH═>C:\LASR ╞════════════════════════════════════════════╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To install the SYSTEM on the hard disk, insure that the highlight bar is
on the "INSTALL SYSTEM" FUNCTION and press ENTER . Each of the file(s)
will be copied to the selected installation drive-directory.
NOTE A happy face symbol after any of the SYSTEM's file names denotes
that this file is already on the hard disk. During installation
it will be replaced, on the directory where it currently resides,
not the INSTALLATION DRIVE-DIRECTORY PATH.
If any of the files to be installed is already present, a ACTION menu will
be displayed during its installation.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Highlighted file(s) already present. ACTION? ├─┐ │
│ │ Erase current file(s) and update │█ │
│ │ erase and update this and All later file(s) │█ │
│ │ Leave current file(s) 'as is' │█ │
│ │ leave current and Skip the remaining file(s) │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To process the current file, select the proper ACTION to take by press-
ing its highlighted letter or moving the highlight bar to it and press-
ing ENTER .
When all files have been copied to the hard disk, a copy complete message
is displayed.
27
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR-MAN Version 5.0
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├──────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ FILE COPY COMPLETED. │█ │
│ │ All of the required LASR-MAN files are on the hard disk. │█ │
│ │ ═══> LASR-MAN IS READY TO RUN. <═══ │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel the installation at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To continue with the installation, press any other key. The highlight
bar will then be on the "BRAND SYSTEM" FUNCTION.
9. To brand the system with your name and serial number, move the highlight bar
to the "BRAND SYSTEM" FUNCTION and press ENTER . A REGISTRATION INFORMATION
data entry window will be displayed, as shown below, with sample data already
entered.
NOTE This step is REQUIRED for LASR-MAN to be registered. Also, if you
move the LASR-MAN files to another drive-directory you will need to
"BRAND" the system again.
Enter your company and/or your name, and then the system registration
number. Your registration number is located on the back of the front cover
of this manual.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ REGISTRATION INFORMATION ├────────┐ │
│ │ Name ABC COMPANY, George Jones │█ │
│ │ Registration number 12345678 │█ │
│ └─────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ███████████████████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To accept either the name or registration number after entry and edit-
ing, press ENTER . A message will be displayed after the registration
number is entered. It's contents are dependent on whether the registra-
tion number is valid. Both messages are shown below.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├──────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ LASR-MAN serial number entered is VALID. │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ LASR-MAN serial number entered is INVALID! │█ │
│ │ Please try again. │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To continue with the installation program, press any key. If the
registration number was valid, the "EXIT" option is highlighted. If
it was invalid, select the "BRAND SYSTEM" option again.
10. To exit from this SYSTEMS installation function, move the highlight bar to
28
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM
the "EXIT" FUNCTION and press ENTER . If the SYSTEM has been properly
branded, it is ready for use, and the program will either install the next
selected SYSTEM, Step 8, or return to the TYPE OF INSTALLATION MENU, Step
6. If the system has not been branded, an error message is displayed, as
shown below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ This system has not been 'BRANDED'. │█ │
│ │ In order to be registered, it must first be 'BRANDED'! │█ │
│ │ To exit without BRANDING, press ESCAPE. │█ │
│ │ To continue with the INSTALL program, press any other key. │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
11. The INST-MAN program allows any of several SUPPLEMENTAL FILES to be in-
stalled. If more than one SUPPLEMENTAL FILE is available for installation
a SUPPLEMENTAL FILE(S) TO INSTALL selection menu is displayed. Only SUP-
PLEMENTAL FILES that are available for installation are displayed in the
"Select a SUPPLEMENTAL FILE(S) TO INSTALL" menu.
TAG all SUPPLEMENTAL FILES that are to be installed.
NOTE The SUPPLEMENTAL FILES containing font data should be loaded by
users of DeskJet, LaserJet +, LaserJet II printers and compatibles.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ TAG ╞╡ Select the FILE(S) TO INSTALL ╞═════════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ LM-C2PPS Change Configuration files, 2 page/side styles ║█ │
│ ║ LM-C4PPS Change Configuration files, 4 page/side styles ║█ │
│ ║ LM-FONT1 Type 1 soft font files, supports LaserJet + ║█ │
│ ║ LM-FONT2 Type 2 soft font files, supports LaserJet II ║█ │
│ ║ LM-FONT3 Type 3 soft font files, supports DeskJet ║█ │
│ ║ ------ eXIT SELECTION AND INSTALL ALL TAGGED (√) ------ ║█ │
│ ╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To exit from the INST-MAN program at this point without installing a SUP-
PLEMENTAL FILE, press ESCAPE .
-> To toggle the INSTALL TAG for any SUPPLEMENTAL FILE (noted by a [√] char-
acter to the left of the FILE name), press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar using the cursor control keys to the desired SUPPLEMEN-
TAL FILE and then press ENTER .
-> To terminate the SUPPLEMENTAL FILE selection process, press X .
12. A list of all of the selected SUPPLEMENTAL FILES is next displayed, along
with an INSTALLATION FUNCTION menu.
29
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR-MAN Version 5.0
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Select the INSTALLATION FUNCTION ╞═══════════════════╕ │
│ │ Install files eXit │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ File Name Status Hard Disk Path/File Description LM-C2PPS FILES ╞═╕ │
││ Files═>LM-C2PPS Change Configuration files, 2 page/side styles │█│
││ 2P10.LMC PROCESS Change Configuration file - 2pps, 10cpi │█│
││ 2P33.LMC PROCESS Change Configuration file - 2pps, 33cpi │█│
│╘═╡ INSTALLATION PATH═>C:\LASR ╞════════════════════════════════════════════╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To install the selected SUPPLEMENTAL FILE on the hard disk, insure that
the highlight bar is on the "INSTALL FILES" FUNCTION and press ENTER .
Each of the file(s) will be copied to the selected installation drive-
directory.
NOTE A happy face symbol after any of the SUPPLEMENTAL FILE's file
names denotes that this file is already on the hard disk. During
installation it will be replaced, on the directory where it cur-
rently resides, not the INSTALLATION DRIVE-DIRECTORY PATH.
If any of the files to be installed is already present, a ACTION menu will
be displayed during its installation.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Highlighted file(s) already present. ACTION? ├─┐ │
│ │ Erase current file(s) and update │█ │
│ │ erase and update this and All later file(s) │█ │
│ │ Leave current file(s) 'as is' │█ │
│ │ leave current and Skip the remaining file(s) │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To process the current file, select the proper ACTION to take by press-
ing its highlighted letter or moving the highlight bar to it and press-
ing ENTER .
When all files have been copied to the hard disk, a copy complete message
is displayed.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├──────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ FILE COPY COMPLETED. │█ │
│ │ All of the required LM-C2PPS files are on the hard disk. │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel the installation at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To continue with the installation, press any other key.
13. To exit from this SUPPLEMENTAL FILE installation function, move the high-
30
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM
light bar to the "EXIT" FUNCTION and press ENTER . The program will ei-
ther install the next selected SUPPLEMENTAL FILE, Step 11, or return to
the TYPE OF INSTALLATION MENU, Step 6.
31
RUNNING LASR-MAN
The easiest and quickest way to run LASR-MAN is to change the current drive and
directory to that on which you installed it, and just type the program's name,
"LASR-MAN". None of the options detailed below are normally required to run the
program - they (sometimes) just make it easier!
The complete syntax for running LASR-MAN is:
[d:][directory_path]LASR-MAN [option_a][option_b][...]
where: d: is the drive on which LASR-MAN.EXE is located.
directory_path is the path to the subdirectory on which the program
is located.
option_x are various program options whose functions and format are
described below.
NOTE Drive and directory path are not required if "LASR-MAN.EXE", and its
associated files are located on PATH referenced directories.
Normally, command line options ARE NOT necessary to run LASR-MAN.
-> To run LASR-MAN properly one of the following 3 conditions must be met:
1. LASR-MAN is located on a path referenced directory.
2. LASR-MAN is located on the current drive and directory. This is the
normal and most common use of LASR-MAN.
3. The drive and directory on which LASR-MAN is located are specified on
the command line before the program name.
The command line options can provide information to LASR-MAN that will override
the default options in effect at the beginning of the program. They are not
normally required.
These options may also be specified by use of an environment variable, "LASER".
For example, to set tabs equal to four spaces and the STYLE OF OUTPUT for PAM-
PHLET TYPE, the following DOS command can be used:
set LASER=/WA4/SB
Additionally, all of these options, except for GRAPHICS, may be changed within
the program. The order in which the LASR-MAN options are set is:
1. Program stored default settings.
2. Environment variable "LASER".
3. Command line options.
4. Program menus.
Program Operation with Microsoft Windows
LASR-MAN may be run as a DOS application under Windows. To aid in its operation,
an icon file, "LASR-MAN.ICO", and a program information file, "LASR-MAN.PIF",
have been included. These should be installed into a Windows program group. See
your Microsoft Windows manual for specific installation details.
NOTE LASR-MAN is not a Windows program and uses its own fonts. When it is
run under Windows, it should be the only program sending output to the
printer.
32
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Command Line/Environment Options
The format of the LASR-MAN program options is:
/{X}{option_value}
where: X is the option code which may be either lower or upper case.
option_value is the data required for setting this specific option.
A value of '*' will select the default for that option.
NOTE The options may appear in any order in the environment variable or
on the command line. Each option must be preceded by a '/'. Spaces
may be used after any option string for clarity but they are not re-
quired.
An example of two options used to set LASR-MAN for the BOOK STYLE OF OUTPUT
and use a legal paper size:
/SM/ZL
33
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Summary of All Available Options
The individual LASR-MAN command line/environment options are listed below, and
then detailed in the following sections in alphabetical order.
Archive Bit Status Which files will be displayed for selection
Change Configuration FileModify the printer command parameters of the execution
only
Cover File . . . Specify a cover file to print before other selected files
Drive-Directory PathThe drive-directory from which files will be select-
ed/printed
File - File Mask The file to be printed or the file mask to use for selection
Graphics . . . . How fast the logo animation will be displayed
Line/page limit . Maximum lines per page for the selected files
Monitor . . . . . Can force a monochrome display
Option File . . . Option file of saved setting to load
Option Switches . Individual option switch settings
Output To . . . . Port or file to which output is to be directed
Paper Source Bin Paper source bin of paper to print
Paper Size . . . Size of printed output
Pitch . . . . . . Character font to use for the printed output
Printer Type . . Type of printer to be supported
Print Font Usage Specify which pitch(es) should load soft fonts
Reverse Second Pass Printing Reverses the order in which the second printing
pass will be done
STAMP-IT! . . . . STAMP-IT! halftone "rubber" stamp
Style of Output . Selected style type of output
Title . . . . . . Text page header/footer
User Display Level Background information display
User Menu Level . Function menu options that will be available
34
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Archive Bit Status
A [archive] The ARCHIVE OPTION specifies which files will be displayed for se-
lection: all files or only those that have changed and that have their
archive bit set on.
Additionally, if only changed files are selected, the archive bit may
be reset after the file(s) is printed.
C on, Clear Only files with their archive bit on will be available
for selection. The archive bit WILL BE set to off after the file is
printed.
E Either on/off (Default) All files regardless of their archive bit
status will be available for selection. The archive bit WILL NOT be
changed after the file is printed.
O On, leave Only files with their archive bit on will be available
for selection. The archive bit WILL NOT be changed after the file is
printed.
An example archive option to use only changed files:
/AO
35
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Change Configuration File
C [change configuration] The CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE OPTION allows the print-
er parameters to be modified for the current program execution only.
-> To use modified parameters, create a parameter file with an exten-
sion of ".LMC". For an example of the format of this file, see
"NONOPAGE.LMC". See the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE" for
information on changing the printer commands and creating change
files.
-> The syntax to specify the path of a change configuration parameter
file is:
[{drive:}{directory path}file_name.extension]
NOTE The file extension, ".LMC", is optional and is not re-
quired.
An example change configuration file specification is:
/CE:\UTILITY\LP\NEW1-CONT.LMC
36
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Cover File
V [coVer] The COVER FILE OPTION specifies a cover file, one with an extension
of ".LMV" normally located on a path referenced directory, to be print-
ed before the selected files(s). For more details on cover files, see
the section "COVER FILES" in the "OPTIONS FUNCTION" chapter.
-> The syntax to specify the path of a cover file is:
[{drive:}{directory path}file_name.extension]
NOTE The file extension, ".LMV", is optional and is not re-
quired.
An example cover file specification is:
/VE:\UTILITY\LASR-MAN\LISTINGS.LMV
37
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Drive-Directory Path
D [drive-directory] The DRIVE-DIRECTORY PATH OPTION may be used to specify the
drive and directory from which files are to be selected and printed.
-> The syntax to specify a drive and directory for the files to be
printed other than the current one is:
[{drive:}{directory_path}]
-> To specify use of the drive and directory that were the current ones
when the program was loaded, use:
[*]
This will also over-ride any drive-directory specified in an ini-
tially loaded option file. For instance, if the default option file
"LASR-MAN.LMO" contains a drive-directory option, but the command
line option "/D*" is used, the drive-directory in effect when the
program is loaded will be used.
An example drive-directory specification is:
/DE:\COMPILER\SOURCE
38
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
File - File Mask
F [file] The FILE OPTION may be used to select a single file for printing or
to specify a group of files to be displayed for printing selection. The
default value is "*.*".
-> The syntax to specify a single file to be printed is:
[filename.extension]
NOTE Using this option, the file selection/tag process is auto-
matic if the file specified is located on the selected
drive/directory.
-> The syntax to specify a file mask for file printing selection is:
[filename.extension]
NOTE The normal DOS wildcard characters of '?' and '*' may be
used.
An example file specification is:
/FLASR-MAN.DOC
An example file mask specification of w?l?c?r?.* is:
/FW?L?C?R?.*
39
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Graphics
G [graphics] The GRAPHICS OPTION specifies how fast the logo graphics anima-
tion will be displayed during the wait for Function/Option selection.
The default graphics option is 25.
nnn Display the animation logo graphics at this relative speed where
nnn is a one to three digit number (1 is faster, 999 is slower).
NOTE Registered users have two additional GRAPHICS OPTIONS avail-
able -
0 Display the logo graphics but suppress the animation.
-1 Suppress the logo graphics display and animation.
An example graphics option to speed up the animation is:
/G15
40
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Line/page limit
I [lIne/page limit] The LINE/PAGE LIMIT OPTION specifies the maximum lines per
page for the selected text files. It is especially useful where the
input file does not use form feed characters, and the output page
length is longer that the nominal input file page length. An example
would be an input file with a sixty-six line page length, and an output
page length of 72 lines. The default value is 999.
nnn Use this number as the maximum lines per page on output.
An example of a line/page limit option for forcing a 60 line input page
limit is:
/I60
41
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Monitor
M monitor The MONITOR OPTION can force the display to be set for a monochrome
monitor. This is of primary use where a monochrome monitor is used with
a color card or where both color and monochrome monitors are used with
a system.
V GA
E GA (Default) Do not force a monochrome display. Use the type of
monitor detected, and, if color, sixteen background colors.
C GA If a color monitor is detected, limit the number of background
colors to eight.
M onochrome Force a monochrome display.
An example of a monitor option for forcing a monochrome monitor is:
/MM
42
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Option File
O [option] The OPTION FILE OPTION will load previously saved option setting
sets.
-> To use modified options, first change the desired ones while running
the program and then, before exiting, save them (EXIT Function).
This file may then be loaded either through the command
line/environment option file parameter or via the program menus.
-> The syntax to specify the name of a option file is:
[option file name.ext]
NOTE The file extension, ".LMO", is optional and is not re-
quired.
An example option file specification is:
/OSOURCE1.LMO
NOTE If the option file "LASR-MAN.LMO" exists, it will be automati-
cally loaded, if an OPTION FILE OPTION is not specified on the
command line.
43
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Option Switches
W [option switches] The OPTION SWITCH OPTIONS are used to set the various op-
tion switches. Each switch must be specified completely for it to be
set (all three - or more - characters).
P file Page start OPTION SWITCH determines whether new files will be
started on the next odd page when printing in multiple pages per
side, PAMPHLET TYPE or BOOK TYPE styles.
A ny Start printing the next file on the next available page.
O dd (Default) Start printing the next file on the next odd num-
bered page skipping any even numbered page.
An example of specifying that each file start on an odd numbered
page is:
/WPO
T switch Titles OPTION SWITCH will switch the left and right title
section data fields on even numbered pages.
Y es Switch left and right title section data fields on even
numbered pages.
N o (Default) Do not switch title sections on even numbered pages.
An example of specifying that left and right title section will be
swapped every page is:
/WTY
B Binding margin OPTION SWITCH reads a special configuration change
file, "BINDMARG.LMC", that provides a half-inch binding margin on
the printed output.
Y es Read the special binding margin configuration change file
that provides a half-inch margin.
N o (Default) Do not provide a binding margin.
An example of specifying a binding margin is:
/WBY
44
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
F print Form feeds OPTION SWITCH specifies how text form feed charac-
ters will be handled during printing.
Y es (Default) Print all text form feed characters.
N o Ignore all text form feed characters.
- Substitute a line of special characters for the form feed
character on output. This special character is defined in the
configuration file and may be changed.
An example of ignoring form feed characters is:
/WFN
H title Headers OPTION SWITCH is used to remove the headers from
title section data fields. Each title section data field, except the
custom field, has a header, such as "PAGE:" for the page data field.
Y es (Default) Display and print all title headers.
N o Do not display or print all title headers.
An example of removing the title headers is:
/WHN
D page Dividers OPTION SWITCH is used to define the page dividers
that are normally included when multiple text pages are printed on
one side of a paper sheet. The horizontal divider is first defined
followed by the vertical divider. The characters used for printing
the page dividers are defined in the configuration file and may be
changed.
L ine (Default) Print a thin line page divider, filling it in
between text pages.
lin E Print a thin line page divider, but do not fill it in
between text pages.
B lock Print a thick line page divider, filling it in between
text pages.
bloc K Print a thick line page divider, but do not fill it in
between text pages.
N one Do not print a page divider in this direction.
An example of specifying a thin line horizontal divider that is not
filled in, and a thick line vertical divider that is filled in is:
/WDEB
45
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
W page floW OPTION SWITCH specifies the layout for sheets that con-
tain four or eight text pages per side.
H orizontal (Default) Text pages will be printed from left to
right along the top of the sheet, and then left to right along
the bottom.
V ertical The first text page will be printed on the upper left of
the sheet, with the next one directly below it.
An example of specifying vertical page flow is:
/WWV
K blanK lines OPTION SWITCH can be used to suppress printing blank
text lines on output.
Y es (Default) Print blank text lines.
N o Do not print blank lines.
An example of suppressing blank lines in the output is:
/WKN
L no Left margin OPTION SWITCH can be used to suppress printing blank
spaces on the left of each text line. Normally these spaces will be
printed. This option switch is primarily used to decrease the line
length to allow use of a different STYLE OF OUTPUT.
nnn Suppress the specified number of blank spaces at the beginning
of each text line.
NOTE Only SPACES up to the first text character will be sup-
pressed. Any text characters in this area will be printed.
An example of specifying suppression of the ten left most spaces is:
/WL10
S Spaces/tab OPTION SWITCH specifies the number of spaces to use for
tab characters in the selected files that are printed. Additionally,
leading spaces of more than this number of characters will be pro-
cessed as if they were tab characters: for example, if spaces/tab=8,
24 leading spaces=3 tab characters. The default option is 8 spaces
per tab.
nnn Substitute the specified number of spaces for each tab charac-
ter.
An example of setting five spaces per tab:
/WS5
46
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
A tAb print width OPTION SWITCH specifies the number of spaces to
substitute for tab characters on output. The default option is a tab
print width of 8 spaces.
nnn Print the specified number of spaces for each tab character.
An example of setting a tab print width of three spaces is:
/WA3
X teXt word wrap OPTION SWITCH specifies how text lines longer than
the output line width are to be handled.
+ (Default) Continue the text on the next line, preceded by a
line continuation character string. The line continuation
character string is defined in the configuration file and may
be changed.
C ut Truncate the text line on output.
Y es Word wrap long text lines with the text from the next line.
NOTE The "YES" option works well with paragraph type text (para-
graphs separated by two line feeds) but does not work with
graphical or tabular data which has lines longer the output
allowed.
An example of truncating all long text lines is:
/WXC
47
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Output To
T [output To] The OUTPUT TO OPTION specifies where the printed output will be
directed. Options include:
0 (Default) LPT1
1 LPT2
2 LPT3
3 COM1
4 COM2
5 COM3
6 COM4
7 Disk file, "LASR-MAN.PRN".
An example of directing the printer output to COM3 is:
/T5
48
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Paper Size
Z [siZe] The PAPER SIZE OPTION specifies what size paper is to be selected and
printed. DeskJet options include:
3 Legal 8½" by 14", DeskJet, no added memory.
4 Standard (Letter) (Default) 8½" by 11", DeskJet, no added memory.
8 Legal 8½" by 14", DeskJet, added memory.
9 Standard (Letter) (Default) 8½" by 11", DeskJet, added memory.
LaserJet options include:
A 4 210mm by 297mm.
C entered 8½" by 14" paper sheet with centered letter sized
text pages for output styles with two, four, and
eight text pages per side.
L egal 8½" by 14".
S tandard (Letter) (Default) 8½" by 11".
An example of specifying LaserJet use of legal sized paper is:
/ZL
49
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Paper Source Bin
B [source Bin] The PAPER SOURCE BIN OPTION specifies from which paper source the
printer will feed paper to be printed. Options include:
5 DeskJet Tray (DeskJet Default) DeskJet Tray
D uplex Lower Duplex, HP IID/IIID lower paper cassette
E pson Front Epson front paper cassette
F ront Cassette HP front paper cassette
L ower Cassette (LaserJet Default) HP lower paper cassette
T ray, Multi-Purpose Tray, HP IIP/IIIP
NOTE When either paper cassette is selected, the "REVERSE SECOND
PASS PRINTING OPTION" is set to "YES": when the tray or Duplex
is selected, it is set to "NO".
An example of specifying use of the LaserJet front paper cassette is:
/BF
50
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Pitch
P [pitch] The PITCH OPTION is available only for the STYLE OF OUTPUT where one
text page is printed per side of the paper sheet (The other side of
the paper sheet may also be printed, i.e, double sided printing).
All other styles use specific pitches.
P Pica 10 characters per inch.
E Elite 12 characters per inch.
L Line printer (Default) 17 characters per inch.
S Small 23 characters per inch.
T Tiny 33 characters per inch.
An example of specifying use of the Elite font is:
/PE
51
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Printer Type
J [printer type] The PRINTER TYPE OPTION specifies what type of printer, laser
or ink jet, is to be used. Options include:
D DeskJet printer or compatible.
L (Default) LaserJet printer or compatible.
An example of supporting a LaserJet printer is:
/JL
52
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Print Font to Use
N [priNt font to use] The PRINT FONT TO USE OPTION has three functions: display
of available fonts at startup, general font type to use, and individual
font to use for a specific pitch.
D DISPLAY The availability of the various soft fonts may be dis-
played when the program first loads.
Y Display the soft font availability as the program loads.
N (Default) Do not display the soft font availability.
An example of displaying soft font status at startup is:
/NDY
G GENERAL The GENERAL FONT TYPE specifies what type of soft font
will normally be used. The default, for laser printers,
is Type 2 Portrait only. The default, for ink jet print-
ers, is none.
0 Letter Gothic Type One soft font (ASCII characters 32-127)
Portrait and Landscape normally used by LaserJet + printers.
(LaserJet Only)
1 Letter Gothic Type Two soft font (ASCII characters 32-255)
Portrait and Landscape normally used by LaserJet II printers.
(LaserJet Only)
2 (Default) Letter Gothic Type Two soft font (ASCII characters
32-255) Portrait only normally used by LaserJet IID/IIP/III/IV
printers. (LaserJet Only)
3 (Default) No soft fonts normally used by DeskJet printers
without additional memory. (DeskJet Only)
4 Letter Gothic Type Three soft font (ASCII characters 32-255)
Portrait and Landscape normally used by DeskJet printers with
additional memory. (DeskJet Only)
An example of specifying the soft fonts for a LaserJet + printer or
compatible is:
/NG0
INDIVIDUAL FONTS
The method to use when printing each of the five available pitches
may also be specified. The default, for laser printers, is to use
the internal fonts for Pica, Elite and Line Printer and Type Two
portrait soft fonts for Small and Tiny. The default, for ink jet
printers, is to use the internal fonts.
The five available pitches are:
P Pica 10 characters per inch.
E Elite 12 characters per inch.
53
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
L Line printer 17 characters per inch.
S Small 23 characters per inch.
T Tiny 33 characters per inch.
The four print methods are:
0 Use either an internal font or a cartridge font for this
pitch. (LaserJet or DeskJet)
1 Load the Letter Gothic Type One soft font (ASCII characters
32-127). (LaserJet Only)
2 Load the Letter Gothic Type Two soft font (ASCII characters
32-255). (LaserJet Only)
3 Load the Letter Gothic Type Three soft font (ASCII characters
32-255). (DeskJet Only)
An example of specifying use of the full Letter Gothic soft font
(characters 32-255) for the Elite pitch is:
/NE2
54
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Reverse Second Pass Printing
R [reverse 2nd pass output] The REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT OPTION selects the
order in which the output is to be printed during the second printing
pass. The normal method is to print the back of the first sheet printed
during the first pass and continue to printing the back of the last
sheet. This option allows printing the back of the last sheet printed
during the first pass first and continuing to the back of the first
sheet.
N o (Default) On the second printing pass, print the back of the
first sheet first and the last sheet last.
Y es On the second printing pass, print the back of the last sheet
printed during the first pass first and continue to the back of
the first sheet.
NOTE This option is normally set to "Yes" for printers with a paper
cassette, and to "No" for those with a multi-purpose tray,
such as the HP IIP, and duplex printers, such as the HP
IID/IIID.
An example of forcing reverse order printing on the second printing
pass is:
/RY
55
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
STAMP-IT!
E [stamp-it! rubbEr stamp] The STAMP-IT! OPTION specifies the method to use for
printing a half-tone "rubber stamp" on each printed text page and the
stamp text to print, up to forty upper case characters (ASCII 32-90).
The default is no rubber stamp half-tone.
N one No "rubber stamp" will be printed.
H orizontal Print the specified text as a half-tone horizontally
across the center of each printed text page.
V ertical Print the specified text as a half-tone centered verti-
cally across each printed text page from the top to the
bottom.
An example of specifying a "rubber stamp", to be printed horizontally
across the center of each text page, is:
/EHCOPY
C O P Y
56
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Style of Output
S [style] The STYLE OF OUTPUT OPTION selects the orientation of the printed
output and determine whether each sheet will be printed on one or both
sides.
1 1 Up type Each page is printed in portrait orientation on one side
only of a single sheet of paper. (A single scan of reading the se-
lected file(s) and one printing pass is required.)
D Double type Same, but on both sides of each sheet of paper: page 1
front, page 2 back. (Two passes are required.)
L Landscape type Each page is printed in landscape orientation on
one side only of a single sheet of paper. (A single scan reading the
selected file(s) is required.)
U doUble sided landscape type Same, but on both sides of each sheet
of paper: page 1 front, page 2 back. (Two passes are required.)
2 2 Up type Two pages are printed in landscape orientation on one
side of each sheet: page 1 left, page 2 right. (One pass)
Q Quad type (Default) Same, but on both sides of each sheet of pa-
per: pages 1-2 front, 3-4 back. (Two passes)
4 4 Up type Four pages are printed in portrait orientation on one
side of each sheet: page 1 top left, page 2 top right, page 3 bottom
left, page 4 bottom right. (One pass)
O Octal type Same, but on both sides of each sheet of paper: pages
1-4 front, 5-8 back. (Two passes)
8 8 Up type Eight pages are printed in landscape orientation on one
side of each sheet: pages 1-4 on the top, pages 5-8 on the bottom.
(One pass)
X heXadecimal type Same, but on both sides of each sheet of paper:
pages 1-8 front, 9-16 back. (Two passes)
H pampHlet type Each selected file is printed Quad, with page 1 on
the right of the first sheet, and the last page on the left. (Three
file scans, two passes of the printer)
A double pAmphlet type Same as pamphlet type, except each selected
file is printed Octal, with four pages per side. (Three file scans,
two passes of the printer)
E double pamphlEt type, double page Same as pamphlet type, except
each selected file is printed Octal, with four pages per side, and
each book page has two text pages. (Three file scans, two passes of
the printer)
T quad pamphleT type Same as pamphlet type, except each selected
file is printed Hexadecimal, with eight pages per side. (Three file
scans, two passes of the printer)
P quad Pamphlet type, quad page Same as pamphlet type, except each
selected file is printed Hexadecimal, with eight pages per side, and
each book page has four text pages. (Three file scans, two passes of
the printer)
B Book type All selected files are printed Quad as one document. The
first sheet has file 1, page 1 on the right, last file last page on
the left. (Three file scans, two passes of the printer.)
K double booK type Same as book type, except all selected files are
printed Octal as one document, with four pages per side. (Three file
scans, two passes of the printer.)
57
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Y double book tYpe, double page Same as book type, except all se-
lected files are printed Octal as one document, with four pages per
side, and each book page has two text pages. (Three file scans, two
passes of the printer.)
N quad book type Same as book type, except all selected files are
printed Hexadecimal as one document, with eight pages per side.
(Three file scans, two passes of the printer.)
G quad book type, quad paGe Same as book type, except all selected
files are printed Hexadecimal as one document, with eight pages per
side, and each book page has four text pages. (Three file scans, two
passes of the printer.)
An example of setting the STYLE OF OUTPUT for printing a BOOK TYPE with
two pages per side:
/SB
58
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Title (Header/Footer)
H [title] The TITLE OPTION selects whether the first/last two lines on each
page will be used for a page header/footer or for file text.
H title Header (Default) A page title and a blank line are printed
at the top of each text page.
F title Footer A blank line and a page title are printed at the
bottom of each text page.
E title hEader/footer On sheets with one or two text pages, a page
title and a blank line are printed at the top of each text page. On
sheets with four and eight text pages per sheet, for the top text
pages a page title and a blank line are printed at the top of each
text page: for the bottom pages a blank line and page title are
printed at the bottom of each page.
O title fOoter/header On sheets with one or two text pages, a blank
line and a page title are printed at the bottom of each text page.
On sheets with four and eight text pages per sheet, for the top text
pages a page title and a blank line are printed at the top of each
text page: for the bottom pages a blank line and page title are
printed at the bottom of each page.
N No page title header No page title is printed at the top or bottom
of each text page. Instead, two more lines of text are printed on
each page.
NOTE It the selected title option character is followed by the
underline character, '_', the title will be underlined.
This title, if selected, is divided into three sections (Left, Center,
and Right). Any of the title data fields noted below may be used in any
of the title sections, and they may also be repeated. The defaults are
Left=F, Center=P, Right=A.
-> To specify a page title with the defaults, use only the option char-
acter, such as H .
-> To use title data fields other than the defaults, use the title op-
tion letter, such as H , followed by the three title section data
field options, shown in the table below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ [F]ILE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy hh:mm. FILE NAME, DATE, TIME │
│ f[I]LE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy....... FILE NAME, DATE │
│ fi[L]E: nnnnnnnn.eee................ FILE NAME │
│ [P]RINTED: mm-dd-yy hh:mm........ CURRENT DATE, TIME │
│ p[R]INTED: mm-dd-yy.............. CURRENT DATE │
│ p[A]GE: ppp................... OUTPUT PAGE NUMBER │
│ pa[G]E: ppp [ff-nnn].......... OUTPUT PAGE #, FILE #, FILE PAGE # │
│ [C]ustom................... USER ENTERED TEXT DATA │
│ [N]othing............... BLANK │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
NOTE If the C ustom user entered text data field option is se-
lected, it should be followed immediately by the desired
59
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
text data, preceded and terminated by single quote charac-
ters.
An example of an underlined title header with page number on the left
and file name only on the right is:
/HH_ANL
An example of a title footer without an underline, and with only a
center text field of [Sample Report] is:
/HFNC'Sample Report'N
An example of a title footer without an underline, and with the default
title segments is:
/HF
60
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
User Display Level
Y [displaY] The USER DISPLAY LEVEL OPTION specifies the BACKGROUND INFORMATION
DISPLAY status. For a complete description of what information can be
displayed while waiting for menu selection, see the section "USER LEV-
ELS" in the "OPTIONS FUNCTION" chapter. The available options are:
FUNCTION MENU DISPLAY ONLY
0 No background display
1 (Default) Normal option data
2 Advanced option data
3 Expert option data
MAIN AND FUNCTION MENU DISPLAY
4 No background display
5 (Default) Normal option data
6 Advanced option data
7 Expert option data
An example of specifying a background information display to be shown
while waiting for all menus with the expert option data is:
/Y7
NOTE The USER DISPLAY LEVEL may also be toggled during program
operation at either the MAIN or FUNCTION menus by pressing the
TAB key.
61
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
User Menu Level
U [menU] The USER MENU LEVEL OPTION specifies what FUNCTION MENU OPTIONS will be
available. For a complete description of what menu options are avail-
able at each user level, see the section "USER LEVELS" in the "OPTIONS
FUNCTION" chapter. The available options are:
1 (Default) Normal options
2 Advanced options
3 Expert options
An example of specifying the advanced user level of menus is:
/U2
62
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
HELP Key
Pressing the help key, F1 , displays a context sensitive help page window such
as shown below. The help page shown below is the first one available as shown by
the page number 0 in the upper right corner. Page 0 acts as a help page menu for
this program. The help page actually displayed when the help key is pressed
depends on the actions of the program and will be the most appropriate for the
program at that point. The bar shown on the right edge of the help window de-
picts the position of this screen with regard to the total text of the current
help page.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ Help Page 0 ═> HELP INDEX ╞═╕█│
││ SECTION FUNCTION Option USER LEVEL HELP PAGE ^█│
││ ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── ▒█│
││ INTRODUCTION........................................................ 1 ▒█│
││ MAIN MENU........................................................... 2 ▒█│
││ SETUP FUNCTION MENU........................................ 3 ▒█│
││ Data Path..........................(N).......... 4 ▒█│
││ Change Config File.................(A).......... 5 v█│
││ User Level.........................(N).......... 6 │█│
││ Printer............................(A).......... 7 │█│
││ Print Fonts to Use.................(A).......... 8 │█│
││ Monitor............................(E).......... 3 │█│
││ Change Menu Colors.................(E).......... 9 │█│
││ Restore Conf.......................(E).......... A │█│
││ Reload Defaults....................(E).......... B │█│
││ Restore Path.......................(E).......... C │█│
││ Save Options.......................(E).......... S │█│
││ OPTIONS FUNCTION MENU...................................... D │█│
││ Paper Size.........................(N).......... E │█│
││ Style of Output....................(N).......... F │█│
││ Page Title.........................(A).......... G │█│
│╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╡ MORE 1/3 ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
│ F1>Help Index│<┘/ESC>Exit Help│[1 9 A Z]>Help Page│Pageup Pagedown Home End│ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To display context sensitive help information while the program is waiting
for a response to a prompt, press F1 . The help window control keys are
covered below.
F1 0 . . Display Help Page Index Menu, Page 0
ESCAPE ENTER Remove Help Window & return to the program
HOME . . . Display first screen of the current Help Page
END . . . . Display last screen of the current Help Page
PAGE UP . . Display previous screen of the current Help Page
PAGE DOWN . Display next screen of the current Help Page
1-9 A-Z . Display the corresponding Help Page
63
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 5.0
UTILITY MENU Key
A Utility Menu may be accessed at any LASR-MAN prompt, by pressing F10 . This
Utility Menu provides access to various functions, such as the ability to close
the print file in a network environment, in order that the first printer pass
may be accomplished.
NOTE This menu may be changed frequently to add functionality. Pressing the
HELP Key, F1 , after the Utility Menu has been activated, will display
information on the currently available utility functions.
ESCAPE Key
Pressing the ESCAPE key at any point while the program is waiting for the
response to a prompt cancels the current action and generally causes the program
to display the previous menu. The specific function of the ESCAPE key at the
present time is shown on the bottom help line.
File View Key
Many of the LASR-MAN option menus allow viewing the highlighted file, either in
total, or, when ready to print - the first page that will print on a sheet. For
the purpose of viewing a highlighted file, the F2 key is always the one to
press. When file viewing is available, it will be so noted on the bottom help
line.
NOTE Any occurrence of the '~' character in the viewed text will be replaced
by the '≈' character. This is due to the use of the '~' character as an
end-of-line indicator in the viewing window.
Actions and Messages
Various actions that occur during the execution of LASR-MAN are noted by an
action display similar to that shown below. This action display is only shown
while the given action is occurring, and does not require any response from the
user. Messages from LASR-MAN are displayed is a similar manner, and do require a
user response. The valid responses to the displayed message are given on the
bottom help line.
┌─────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ ACTION ╞═══════════╗ │
│ ║ Read data and format ║█ │
│ ╚══════════════════════╝█ │
│ ████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────┘
Disk Not Ready
If a disk drive is not ready, such as a floppy diskette drive door being open,
an informational message will be displayed, as shown below.
64
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ MESSAGE ╞════════════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ Disk not ready. Correct & continue. ║█ │
│ ╚════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel this disk operation and exit from the program, press ESCAPE .
-> To continue, make the drive ready and press any other key.
Printer Not Ready
If the printer is not ready, an informational message will be displayed.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ MESSAGE ╞════════════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ Printer not ready. Correct & continue. ║█ │
│ ╚════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel this printer operation and exit from the program, press ESCAPE .
-> To continue, make the printer ready and press any other key.
65
MAIN MENU
The LASR-MAN screen display has been designed for ease of use while providing
the maximum amount of information on the current operation of the program. As
distributed, the screen display initially shows only the main function menu. It
can optionally be configured to display information on the current directory and
the option settings, as shown on the next page. This allows an uncluttered
screen for the new user while allowing the advanced user to display the full
program information for review.
A sample of the initial entry level screen display is shown below. The center
portion of the top line depicts the status of the user menu and display levels.
The MAIN MENU with its five functions is on the second line. The center portion
of the display may the status of all possible LASR-MAN soft fonts, if that
switch has been set on (see "Print Fonts to Use" in the "Setup Function" chap-
ter). The bottom line of this, and all other LASR-MAN displays, describes the
currently available action keys and their functions.
╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>N══D>nƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░SOFT FONTS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOADING░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░STAMP-P0░STAMP-L0░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░PICA--P1░PICA--L1░PICA--P2░PICA--L2░PICA--P3░PICA--L3░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ELITE-P1░ELITE-L1░ELITE-P2░ELITE-L2░ELITE-P3░ELITE-L3░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░LINE--P1░LINE--L1░LINE--P2░LINE--L2░LINE--P3░LINE--L3░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░SMALL-P1░SMALL-L1░SMALL-P2░SMALL-L2░SMALL-P3░SMALL-L3░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░TINY--P1░TINY--L1░TINY--P2░TINY--L2░TINY--P3░TINY--L3░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░SOFT FONTS NOT PRESENT░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ PRESS A KEY TO BEGIN THE PROGRAM ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░░░░░▄░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 5.00, Copyright 1990-93 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>eXit│ENTER/[char]>Select│TAB>Change Info Display│ Home End│
-> To obtain context sensitive help at any point in the program, press F1 .
For more information on this feature, see the section "HELP KEY" in the
"RUNNING LASR-MAN" chapter.
-> To continue execution of the program if the soft font status has been
displayed, press any key.
-> To begin the process of exiting from the program when none of the function
menus are displayed, press ESCAPE .
66
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 MAIN MENU
Background Information Display
The BACKGROUND INFORMATION DISPLAY, available at both MAIN MENU and FUNCTION
MENU selection, may contain a variety of information. The BACKGROUND INFORMATION
DISPLAY status is shown on the top line after "D>" (The user status is shown
after "M>"). The codes are:
FUNCTION MAIN AND FUNCTION
MENU DISPLAY ONLY MENU DISPLAY
═════════════════ ═══════════════════
-ƒ No background display -+ No background display
nƒ Normal option data N+ Normal option data
aƒ Advanced option data A+ Advanced option data
eƒ Expert option data E+ Expert option data
-> To toggle the BACKGROUND INFORMATION DISPLAY, press TAB . This INFORMATION
DISPLAY has eight levels, any of which may be set by repeatedly pressing the
TAB key.
A sample of the full "EXPERT" display, with the initial program defaults, is
shown below.
╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>E══D>E+═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░Data path═>C:\LP░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░4│
│░░░░░Change file═>None░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░5│
│Paper═>STANDARD░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░6│
│┌──┤ Page ├───┐░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░7│
││Landscape ^═══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░8│
││ │ ║╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░9│
││ Lines═>72 ║║┌───────────┤ Option Switches ├─────────────┐│
││ Pitch═>17cpiv ║║│ file Page start>ODD page floW >2pps>HOR ││
│└<Chars═>81 >┘ ║║│ switch Titles══>NO blanK lines════>YES ││
│░╚╡2 pages/SIDE╞══════════════╝║│ Binding margin═>NO no Left margin═> 0 ││
│░░╚╡BOTH SIDES╞════════════════╝│ print Formfeeds>YES Spaces/tab═════> 8 ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ title Headers══>YES tAb print width> 8 ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ Dividers (H/V)═>L/L teXt word wrap═>+++ ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░└───────────────────────────────────────────┘│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░░░░░▄░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 5.00, Copyright 1990-93 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>eXit│ENTER/[char]>Select│TAB>Change Info Display│ Home End│
The fourth and fifth lines (the line numbers on the right side of the display
have been added for clarity) of this display provide data on the current
drive-directory, and the change printer configuration file in use, if any.
The Option Switches box gives the current values of the various option
switches.
67
MAIN MENU LASR-MAN Version 5.0
The selected paper size and STYLE OF OUTPUT are displayed along with a graph-
ical depiction of how text data will be printed on the left side of the
screen.
In the example shown, text will be printed on standard letter size paper in
landscape orientation, with two text pages per side of paper, and each piece
of paper will be printed on both sides. Each text page will be printed using
the seventeen character per inch font. Lines on each page will have a maximum
length of eighty-one characters, and a page may contain up to seventy-two
lines. Each text page will have an underlined footer. The option switches
have been set with the default values as displayed.
NOTE To display the directory/option information automatically when the
program is executed, set the display to the desired level and then
exit, saving the current options.
Operation Sequence
The general sequence of operations to follow for printing a file or files is:
* SETUP the drive-directory on which the file(s) to be printed reside.
* Set the printing OPTIONS desired if different from the currently set op-
tions.
* Perform FILES SELECTion to tag the file(s) for printing.
* PRINT the selected files.
* EXIT the program.
Main Menu Functions
The MAIN MENU consists of five Function, one of which (PRINT) is dependent on at
least one file being selected. The print function is enabled when a file or
files has been selected for printing; its first letter in the MAIN MENU is then
capitalized and highlighted.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ setUp Options Files select print eXit │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To select a MAIN MENU Function, press its highlighted letter or move the
MAIN MENU highlight bar to the desired Function with the cursor control
keys and press ENTER .
When a MAIN MENU Function is selected, the appropriate Function menu is
displayed. The options displayed on the Function menu are dependent on the
USER MENU LEVEL selected.
-> To change the USER MENU LEVEL, select the "Options" Function by press-
ing its highlighted letter or moving the highlight bar to it and press-
ing ENTER . Select the "User level" option and change it to the de-
sired level.
-> To switch from one Function menu to another, press the highlighted
letter of the desired Function. For example, if, at the MAIN MENU, you
pressed U , for "setUp", displaying the SETUP Function menu, and you
now want to go to the "Files select" Function, press F .
68
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 MAIN MENU
The following chapters describe the Function menus and their available options.
The Function menu at the beginning of each chapter is the one displayed when at
the Expert USER MENU LEVEL. The BACKGROUND INFORMATION DISPLAY shown is also
that available at Expert USER DISPLAY LEVEL. Each option section header includes
the USER LEVEL at which that option is available. All Function options are pre-
sented in the same order in which they occur on the Expert level menu.
69
SETUP FUNCTION
The SETUP Function is used to specify the drive/subdirectory from which to se-
lect the files that are to be printed and to change the program setup items such
as the user levels, printer configuration information, monitor and menu colors.
The options displayed on the SETUP FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION
menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below
is set to the Expert level.
-> To select the SETUP Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press U
or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the SETUP Function using the cursor
control keys and press ENTER . The SETUP Function menu will then be dis-
played, as shown below.
╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>E══D>E+═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕
│ setUp Options Files select print eXit │
│░╔══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Data path >║>C:\LASR-MAN░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ change confG>║>None░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ useR: EXPERT>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ prinTer:LJet>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ print foNts >║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Monitor:EGA+ ║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ menu coLors >║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ restore Conf>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ restore optS>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ restore patH>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ saVe options>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░╚══════════════╝░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░░░░░▄░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 5.00, Copyright 1990-93 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX] >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To select a SETUP Function option, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and
press ENTER .
70
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 SETUP FUNCTION
Data path [Normal]
The DATA PATH option sets the drive and subdirectory from which files are to be
selected for printing.
-> To change the drive and/or directory path from which to select files to
print, select the DATA PATH option by pressing D . The drive is first se-
lected and then the path to the desired subdirectory is set. The DRIVE selec-
tion menu is shown below. Available drives are capitalized.
┌────────────┐
│ ╒═DRIVE═╕ │
│ │ A n │█ │
│ │ B o │█ │
│ │ C p │█ │
│ │ D q │█ │
│ │ E r │█ │
│ │ F s │█ │
│ │ G t │█ │
│ │ H u │█ │
│ │ I v │█ │
│ │ J w │█ │
│ │ K x │█ │
│ │ L y │█ │
│ │ M z │█ │
│ ╘═══════╛█ │
│ █████████ │
└────────────┘
-> To leave the data path as it was before selection of this option, press
ESCAPE .
-> To select a DRIVE, press the desired DRIVE letter or move the highlight
bar to the desired DRIVE using the cursor control keys and press ENTER .
The selected drive will then be displayed, to the right of the SETUP Func-
tion option, and a SUBDIRECTORY PICK LIST will next be displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔══════════════╗ │
│ ║ Data path >║█G:\LASR-MAN\............................................... │
│╒═╡ PICK LIST - G:\LASR-MAN ╞═══════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │
││ accept path . <root dir> .. <parent> CONFIG DOC │█│
││ FONTS HELP OTHERS RELEASE │█│
│╘══════════════════════════════╡ Select the NEXT SUBDIRECTORY IN THE PATH ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the data path as it was before selection of this option, press
ESCAPE .
-> To select the next SUBDIRECTORY to add to the data path, move the high-
light bar to the desired subdirectory using the cursor control keys and
press ENTER . Pressing a letter will move the SUBDIRECTORY highlight
bar to the first subdirectory whose name starts with that letter. When
selected, the subdirectory name is added to the path display, and the
next SUBDIRECTORY menu is displayed.
-> To accept the path as it is currently set and displayed, move the high-
light bar to the "accept path" item and press ENTER . The program
71
SETUP FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
returns to the SETUP Function menu.
If this is not the root directory of the selected drive, two additional
items are displayed, ". <root dir>" and "..<parent>".
-> To reset the path to the root directory of the selected drive, move the
highlight bar to the ". <root dir>" item using the cursor control keys
and press ENTER .
-> To remove the last subdirectory added to the path, move the highlight
bar to the ".. <parent>" item using the cursor control keys and press
ENTER .
72
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 SETUP FUNCTION
Change confg [Advanced]
The configuration file is used to specify the size of paper on which to print,
and its location or bin. There are two ways to make changes to the printer pa-
rameters that it contains.
The first is to customize the file itself, a procedure described in the chapter
"EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE".
The second is to create a change configuration file containing only the parame-
ters that are to be changed, and then read this file during the execution of
LASR-MAN. The procedures for creating a change configuration file are also de-
scribed in the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE".
This option can select a change configuration file containing any of the printer
parameters such as the maximum number of lines per page or the print character
used to divide text pages.
-> To change any of the parameters of the LASR-MAN configuration file for this
program execution only, select the CHANGE CONFG option by pressing C . A
PATH LIST menu will only be displayed if there are change configuration
files, those with an extension of ".LMC", on more than one of the PATH subdi-
rectories.
┌────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Path List ╞═╕ │
│ │ C:\BAT │█ │
│ │ C:\LP │█ │
│ │ C:\ │█ │
│ ╘═══════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████ │
└────────────────────┘
-> To cancel selection of the change configuration file at this point, press
ESCAPE .
-> If the PATH LIST selection menu is displayed, select the desired PATH
directory by moving the highlight bar to it using the cursor control keys
and pressing ENTER .
The CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE PICK LIST selection menu is next displayed. It
contains all of the files on the selected (or only) directory that have an
extension of ".LMC".
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔══════════════╗ │
│ ║ Data path >║█ │
│ ║ Config file >║█C:\LP...................................................... │
│╒═╡ PICK LIST - C:\LP ╞═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │
││ BINDMARG.LMC NONOPAGE.LMC │█│
│╘══════════════════════════╡ Select the desired CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel selection of the change configuration file at this point, press
ESCAPE .
-> To view the contents of a change configuration file, move the highlight
bar to the desired one using the cursor control keys and press F2 . The
73
SETUP FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
file view window will be displayed, as shown below.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File NONOPAGE.LMC Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐ │
││ LASR-MAN PRINTER CONFIGURATION CHANGE FILE ^█│
││ ▒█│
││ NAME: NONOPAGE.LMC ▒█│
││ : Suppresses the no page message ▒█│
││ : Copyright 1991-1993, Micrometric, All Rights Reserved. ▒█│
││ SOURCE: 04-12-92 Micrometric, Sarasota, FL. ▒█│
││ ▒█│
││ 1001:version=50 ▒█│
││ ▒█│
││ 1006:any_size_bin=Yes ▒█│
││ ▒█│
││ 1011:print_no_page_message[80]= ▒█│
││ ▒█│
││ 1999:end=Yes v█│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To view more of this page of the selected file, use the PAGEUP
PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To view the next page of this file, press ENTER .
-> To end viewing this file, press ESCAPE .
-> To select a change configuration file to load, move the highlight bar to
the desired one using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The se-
lected change configuration file name is displayed to the right of the
CONFIG FILE option. The file will then be read, with valid parameters
replacing any configuration parameters now in effect.
74
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 SETUP FUNCTION
User level [Normal]
The USER LEVEL OPTION consists of two parts: the USER MENU LEVEL and the USER
DISPLAY LEVEL. The USER MENU LEVEL controls what options will be available for
each of the Function menus. The available USER LEVELS and their available op-
tions are:
75
SETUP FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>N══D>nƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select print eXit ░░│
│░╔══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Data path ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ useR: NORMAL ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░╚══════════════╔══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░██████████████║ paper siZe: STANDARD ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Style of output ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ File selection/tag ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═════════════════════════════╗│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ paper Source:LOWER CASSETTE ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Print these selected files ║█
│░┌───────────────┐░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════╗
│░│ NORMAL USER │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ Return to DOS ║█
│░│ LEVEL MENUS │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Save options ║█
│░│ (Default) │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Cancel ║█
│░└───────────────┘░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════╝█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 5.00, Copyright 1990-93 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>A══D>aƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select print eXit ░░│
│░╔══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Data path ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ change confG ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ useR:ADVANCE ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ prinTer:LJet ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ print foNts ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░╚══════════════╔══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░██████████████║ paper siZe: STANDARD ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Style of output ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ page Title: _Footer_ ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Option file:LASR-MAN ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ File selection/tag ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ file Mask:*.* ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═════════════════════════════╗│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ paper Source:LOWER CASSETTE ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Print these selected files ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Reverse 2nd pass output:YES ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════╗
│░┌───────────────┐░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ Return to DOS ║█
│░│ ADVANCED USER │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Save options ║█
│░│ LEVEL MENUS │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Cancel ║█
│░└───────────────┘░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════╝█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 5.00, Copyright 1990-93 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
76
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 SETUP FUNCTION
╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select print eXit ░░│
│░╔══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Data path ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ change confG ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ useR: EXPERT ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ prinTer:LJet ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ print foNts ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Monitor:EGA+ ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ menu coLors ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ restore Conf ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ restore optS ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ restore patH ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ saVe options ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░╚══════════════╔══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░██████████████║ paper siZe: STANDARD ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Style of output ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ page Title: _Footer_ ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Option file:LASR-MAN ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ coVer file: None ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ option sWitches ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Line/page limit: 999 ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ stamp-It!: No Stamp ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ File selection/tag ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ file Mask:*.* ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Archive bit: EITHER ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═════════════════════════════╗│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ paper Source:LOWER CASSETTE ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Print these selected files ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Reverse 2nd pass output:YES ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ output To: LPT1 ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════╗
│░┌───────────────┐░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ Return to DOS ║█
│░│ EXPERT USER │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Save options ║█
│░│ LEVEL MENUS │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Cancel ║█
│░└───────────────┘░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════╝█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 5.00, Copyright 1990-93 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
The USER DISPLAY LEVEL controls what program data will be displayed in the back-
ground when the Main or Function menus are active.
-> To change the user level, select the USER LEVEL option by pressing U . The
USER MENU LEVEL selection menu will next be displayed.
77
SETUP FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
┌───────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Menu ╞═╕ │
│ │ Normal >│█ │
│ │ Advanced>│█ │
│ │ Expert >│█ │
│ ╘══════════╛█ │
│ ████████████ │
└───────────────┘
-> To leave the USER LEVEL at it current setting, press ESCAPE .
-> To change to a different USER MENU LEVEL, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The USER DISPLAY LEVEL
menu will next be shown. The highlighted DISPLAY LEVEL will be the same as
the selected MENU LEVEL. The selected USER DISPLAY LEVEL will determine
the option data that will be displayed while waiting for a selection from
the Function menus, and optionally the MAIN menu also.
┌──────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Display ╞═╕ │
│ │ Suppress │█ │
│ │ Normal >│█ │
│ │ Advanced >│█ │
│ │ Expert >│█ │
│ ╘═════════════╛█ │
│ ███████████████ │
└──────────────────┘
-> To leave the USER LEVEL at it current setting, press ESCAPE .
-> To select a USER DISPLAY LEVEL, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The MAIN? selection menu is
next displayed for all option except "Suppress". This menu selection
will determine whether to display the selected USER DISPLAY LEVEL BACK-
GROUND INFORMATION at only the Function menus or at both the MAIN and
Function menus.
┌────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Main? ╞═╕ │
│ │ No │█ │
│ │ Yes │█ │
│ ╘═══════════╛█ │
│ █████████████ │
└────────────────┘
-> To leave the USER LEVEL at it current setting, press ESCAPE .
-> To display the selected BACKGROUND INFORMATION display at the Func-
tion menus only, press N .
-> To display the selected BACKGROUND INFORMATION display at both the
MAIN and Function menus, press Y .
78
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 SETUP FUNCTION
Printer [Advanced]
LASR-MAN supports printers that use the Hewlett-Packard Printer Control Language
(PCL), Level 4. This includes all models of the LaserJet family of laser print-
ers.
In addition, support is also provided for the DeskJet series, ink jet printers
that use an enhanced version of PCL, Level 3. There are some limitation with the
DeskJet support and they are detailed in the chapter "DeskJet Printer Support".
A variety of program parameters are affected by the choice of printers. These
include PAPER SIZE, PAPER SOURCE and PRINT FONT TO USE, both for the individual
fonts and globally.
The SETUP Function option menu shows what family of printers is being supported;
"LJet" for LaserJet and "DJet" for DeskJet.
-> To select the family and model of printer to be supported, press T . A
printer menu will the be displayed.
┌───────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ PRINTER ╞══════════════╕ │
│ │ laserJet + │█ │
│ │ laserjet II │█ │
│ │ LaserJet IID/IIP,III,IV │█ │
│ │ DeskJet, no extra memory │█ │
│ │ deskjet, 256K memory │█ │
│ ╘══════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────┘
The LaserJet + option will load Type One soft fonts - a 192 character soft
font set (ASCII 32-127 and 160-255), in both portrait and landscape, which is
required by some of the early LaserJet models and their compatibles. In gen-
eral, use Type 1 fonts only if your printer will not work with Type 2.
The LaserJet II option will load Type Two soft fonts - ASCII characters
32-255, in both portrait and landscape, which are required for LaserJet II
and compatibles that cannot rotate a portrait font to landscape. (HP IID/IIP
can rotate fonts)
The LaserJet IID/IIP/III/IV option will load Type Two Portrait soft fonts,
since these printers can rotate them to Landscape.
The DeskJet, with internal fonts only, required for DeskJet, DeskJet +, and
DeskJet 500 and compatibles. These printers, without additional memory, are
not capable of accepting soft fonts.
The DeskJet with 256K extra memory option will load Type Three soft fonts
(ASCII 32-255).
-> To select a printer series/model, press its highlighted letter or move the
highlight bar to it and press ENTER . A print change message will then
be displayed.
79
SETUP FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
This printer selection function will not change these program parameters
until a different printer is selected. At that time, all of the affected
parameters are set to their default values.
-> To leave the printer as currently configured, press ESCAPE .
-> To change the printer to that highlighted, press any other key. The
printer program parameters of PAPER SIZE, PAPER SOURCE and PRINT FONT
TO USE are then set to their default values. The program will next
display the FONT TYPE selection menu, covered in the next section.
80
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 SETUP FUNCTION
Print Fonts to Use [Expert]
Five different print fonts are used by the various Styles of Output, ranging
from the largest at ten characters per inch to the smallest of thirty-three
characters per inch. The specific characteristics of each of these fonts are
defined in the printer configuration file, "LASR-MAN.LMG". Samples of each are
also printed in the section "Print Style Overview".
When the printer scans for a requested font, it checks the font sources in the
following order:
1. Soft font.
2. Cartridge font.
3. Internal font.
The fonts requested by LASR-MAN specify a Letter Gothic Typeface. Typeface is
the least significant of the font selection characteristics, and if no cartridge
or soft fonts are available, most HP laser printers and compatibles will use
their corresponding internal Courier or Line Printer Typeface fonts for the
Pica, Elite and Line Printer pitch fonts. There are no corresponding internal
fonts for the Small and Tiny pitch fonts.
NOTE Early LaserJet printers and some compatibles DO NOT have an internal
Line Printer pitch font.
In order to print using the Styles of Output with Small and Tiny pitch fonts,
either cartridge or soft fonts with corresponding characteristics must be pres-
ent.
LASR-MAN can download soft fonts for any or all of the five supported pitch
sizes. There are separate fonts for each pitch size in both landscape and por-
trait orientation. Additionally each pitch size is available with either a lim-
ited character set - 192 characters - or the full 256 character set.
NOTE Early LaserJet printers and some compatibles CAN NOT accept the full
256 character set download fonts. If problems are encountered when
attempting to print with the 256 character download font, try the 192
character set.
There is a price to be paid for using soft fonts in place of either the printer
internal fonts or those in a printer cartridge: that price is the time needed to
transfer the soft font data from the computer to the printer. With LASR-MAN, a
given soft font is only downloaded to the printer once, no matter how many files
may be printed in a single program execution. The following table shows how much
time is required for soft font downloading to a laser printer for the various
pitches - these times should be relatively independent of the brand or model of
either computer or printer.
FONT SOFT FONT DOWNLOAD TIME (APPROXIMATE)
Pica, 10 cpi 29 seconds
Elite, 12 21
Line, 17 18
81
SETUP FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Small, 23 13
Tiny, 33 11
NOTE These times are for Type 2 soft fonts, having 256 characters. Type 1
soft fonts with 192 characters normally take several seconds less to
download.
Based on this information, you should estimate that it would take about a half
minute longer to print a group of files with the Pica Letter Gothic soft font,
than printing the same files with the Pica Courier internal font.
The normal default setting for the INDIVIDUAL FONT TYPE is to NOT download Pica,
Elite or Line Printer fonts and to download the 256 character sets for both the
Small and Tiny pitch fonts.
-> To specify the PRINT FONTS TO USE, press its highlighted letter or move the
highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The FONT TYPE selection menu will be
displayed, as shown below. Each of the Pitch fonts is shown, along with its
current source. Additionally, there is a DISPLAY STATUS option that will show
the availability of all soft font files at program startup.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Font Type ╞════════╕ │
│ │ Pica-10 CPI Internal │█ │
│ │ Elite-12 Internal │█ │
│ │ Line-17 Internal │█ │
│ │ Small-23 256 char │█ │
│ │ Tiny-33 256 char │█ │
│ │ -------------------- │█ │
│ │ Display Status: No │█ │
│ ╘══════════════════════╛█ │
│ ████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the PRINT FONT TO USE as it was, press ESCAPE .
-> To change the font source for any individual PITCH, press its highlighted
letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The three states
that each source can be toggled to are "Internal", "192 char", and "256
char". For the two soft font sources, if either of the two font files -
portrait or landscape - are not present and both are required, an error
message is first displayed and then the source is toggled to the next
value.
NOTE Requested soft fonts are NOT downloaded to the printer at this
time. Downloading will only occur when the Print Function is
selected and the Style of Output specifies a soft font that has
not been previously downloaded.
NOTE The 192 character soft font set (Type One) is required by some of
the early LaserJet models and their compatibles. In general, use
Type 1 fonts only if your printer will not work with Type 2.
NOTE Not all of the three FONT TYPES are available for all printer
models. Only those available for the currently selected PRINTER
will be displayed.
82
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 SETUP FUNCTION
-> To toggle whether the status of all possible LASR-MAN soft font files will
be displayed at startup, press D .
83
SETUP FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Monitor [Expert]
The MONITOR option specifies whether the display will be done in color or mono-
chrome. The default is that, if a color graphics card is present, the display
will be in color: if the card is for a CGA monitor eight background colors will
be used while EGA/VGA cards will use sixteen background colors. This procedure
may be overridden with this option.
-> To toggle the LASR-MAN program display between monochrome and the two color
levels, press M .
NOTE There are two levels of color: CGA will use eight background levels of
color while EGA+ disables blinking and uses sixteen background levels
of color. This latter method may not work well with all monitor types.
84
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 SETUP FUNCTION
Change menu colors [Expert]
The LASR-MAN menus and windows have been grouped into eight types. The color of
each type may be changed independently and these color settings can then be
saved when exiting so that the same colors will be used the next time the pro-
gram is run.
The menu borders are usually white, except when the background menu color is
white, the menu borders are black. The menu highlight bar is the same color as
the unhighlighted menu text.
NOTE The context sensitive help displays use the same colors as "Messages".
NOTE Menu colors can also be partially controlled by the MONITOR option,
which can select either eight or sixteen background colors.
-> To reset the menu colors to those available at initial installation, press
D .
-> To change the colors of any of the menu types, select the CHANGE MENU COLORS
option by pressing C . A menu to select the Menu Type for which a color
change is to be made is next displayed.
┌────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Menu Type ╞═╕ │
│ │ Options >│█ │
│ │ Main >│█ │
│ │ Background >│█ │
│ │ Actions >│█ │
│ │ messaGes >│█ │
│ │ Preview >│█ │
│ │ file Info >│█ │
│ │ file Select >│█ │
│ │ Default colors│█ │
│ ╘═══════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████ │
└────────────────────┘
-> To cancel changing a Menu Type's color at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To select the Menu Type whose color is to be changed, press its highlight-
ed letter or move the highlight bar to the desired Menu Type using the
cursor arrow keys and press ENTER . A sample menu with this Menu Type's
current colors is next displayed.
85
SETUP FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Menu Type ╞═┌─┤ Menu Border ├─┐ │
│ │ Options >│ Selected │█ │
│ │ Main >│ Non-selected │█ │
│ │ Background >└─────────────────┘█ │
│ │ Actions >│███████████████████ │
│ │ messaGes >│█ │
│ │ Preview >│█ │
│ │ file Info >│█ │
│ │ file Select >│█ │
│ │ Default colors│█ │
│ ╘═══════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel changing this Menu Type's color at this point, press ES-
CAPE .
-> To change this Menu Type's background color, use the UP and DOWN
arrow keys to step through the sixteen background color combinations.
-> To change this Menu Type's foreground color, use the LEFT and RIGHT
arrow keys to step through the sixteen foreground color combinations.
-> To accept the sample menu's colors currently displayed for the high-
lighted Menu Type, press ENTER .
86
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 SETUP FUNCTION
Restore Conf [Expert]
The configuration parameters may be restored to those that were in effect when
the program began.
-> To restore the configuration data to the defaults, select the RESTORE CONFIG
option by pressing N . A verification menu is then presented.
┌────────────┐
│ ╒═Sure?═╕ │
│ │ No │█ │
│ │ Yes │█ │
│ ╘═══════╛█ │
│ █████████ │
└────────────┘
-> To cancel this action and leave the configuration data as it currently is,
press N or ESCAPE .
-> To continue and restore the default configuration data, press Y .
NOTE Use of this option DOES NOT change the selected Paper Size and Paper
Source Bin.
87
SETUP FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Reload the Defaults [Expert]
All of the options may be reset to the values that were in effect when the pro-
gram was first loaded, and before the options from the environment variable
"LASER" and the command line were processed.
-> To reset all of the options to their original values, select the RELOAD THE
DEFAULTS option by pressing R . A verification menu is next displayed.
┌────────────┐
│ ╒═Sure?═╕ │
│ │ No │█ │
│ │ Yes │█ │
│ ╘═══════╛█ │
│ █████████ │
└────────────┘
-> To cancel resetting the option values, press N or ESCAPE .
-> To reset the options to their original values, press Y .
NOTE Selection of this option WILL LOSE any options changes that were
specified in the environment variable "LASER" or on the command
line.
88
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 SETUP FUNCTION
Restore Path [Expert]
At any time during the execution of LASR-MAN, the original data drive and direc-
tory path may be restored.
-> To restore the drive and directory path to that which was in effect when the
program was first loaded, select the RESTORE PATH option by pressing R . A
verification menu is then presented.
┌────────────┐
│ ╒═Sure?═╕ │
│ │ No │█ │
│ │ Yes │█ │
│ ╘═══════╛█ │
│ █████████ │
└────────────┘
-> To cancel this action and leave the data path as it currently is set,
press N or ESCAPE .
-> To continue and restore the data path, press Y .
89
SETUP FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Save Options [Expert]
A duplicate option to save the option file has been added to the SETUP Function
menu for convenience. Its operation is described in the chapter "EXIT FUNCTION",
section "Save Options".
90
OPTIONS FUNCTION
Options are used by LASR-MAN to define how the program displays will appear, and
how the printed output will look. All options specified in the environment vari-
able "LASER" and on the command line are set before the options menu is first
displayed. The OPTIONS Function menu allows changing and over-riding those op-
tion settings.
The options displayed by the OPTIONS FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION
menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below
is set to the Expert level.
-> To select the OPTIONS Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press
O or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the OPTIONS Function using cursor
control keys and press ENTER . The OPTIONS Function menu will then be dis-
played, as shown below.
╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ paper siZe: STANDARD ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Style of outputv ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│Paper═>STANDARD░║ page Title: _Footer_>║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│┌──┤ Page ├───┐░║ Option file:LASR-MANv║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
││Landscape ^═║ coVer file: Nonev║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
││ │ ║ option sWitches >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
││ Lines═>72 ║ Line/page limit: 999 ║█───┤ Option Switches ├─────────────┐│
││ Pitch═>17cpiv ║ stamp-It!: No Stamp>║█ge start>ODD page floW >2pps>HOR ││
│└<Chars═>81 >┘ ╚══════════════════════╝█Titles══>NO blanK lines════>YES ││
│░╚╡2 pages/SIDE╞═████████████████████████ margin═>NO no Left margin═> 0 ││
│░░╚╡BOTH SIDES╞════════════════╝│ print Formfeeds>YES Spaces/tab═════> 8 ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ title Headers══>YES tAb print width> 8 ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ Dividers (H/V)═>L/L teXt word wrap═>+++ ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░└───────────────────────────────────────────┘│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░░░░░▄░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 5.00, Copyright 1990-93 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX] >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To select an OPTIONS Function option, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and
press ENTER .
91
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Paper Size [Normal]
The PAPER SIZE option acts as a toggle and allows selection of a desired paper
size from any of the sizes that are defined in the LASR-MAN printer command con-
figuration file. The available options displayed are a function of the PRINTER
selected.
The available PAPER SIZE options for laser printers include:
A4 210mm x 297mm
CENTERED LETTER sized text pages on a LEGAL SIZE sheet
LEGAL 8½" x 14" legal size
STANDARD (Letter) 8½" x 11"
The available PAPER SIZE options for ink jet printers that DO NOT support soft
fonts include:
3 DJI LEG 8½" x 14" legal size
4 DJI STD (Letter) 8½" x 11"
The available PAPER SIZE options for ink jet printers that DO support soft fonts
include:
8 DJ+ LEG 8½" x 14" legal size
9 DJ+ STD (Letter) 8½" x 11"
-> To toggle the paper size, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight
bar to it and press ENTER . The selected PAPER SIZE will change to the next
one available, in alphabetical order.
92
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Style of Output [Normal]
The STYLE OF OUTPUT selection menus are used to specify the orientation of the
printed output, whether each sheet will be printed on one side of the paper or
on both sides, how many pages of text will be printed on a side of the paper and
the pitch of the output. For a complete description of the various STYLE TYPES,
see the section "PRINT STYLE OVERVIEW" in the "INTRODUCTION" chapter.
The two different sheet orientations available are shown in the figures below.
╔═══════════════════╗
║ PORTRAIT ║
║ ORIENTATION ║ ╔═════════════════════════════╗
║ ║ ║ ^ LANDSCAPE ORIENTATION ║
║ ║ ║ └long side ║
║ <─long side ║ ║ ║
║ ║ ║ ║
║ FOOTER PAGE# ║ ║ FOOTER PAGE# ║
╚═══════════════════╝ ╚═════════════════════════════╝
-> To change the STYLE TYPE of output or its pitch, select the STYLE OF OUTPUT
option by pressing S . A menu to select the major print STYLE TYPE is next
displayed, with the currently selected style highlighted.
When the STYLE OF OUTPUT option is selected, a table summarizing STYLE TYPE
information is displayed at the bottom of the screen, as shown below. The cur-
rent STYLE TYPE data is highlighted.
93
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ TYPE PPS CPI CPL LPP TYPE PPS CPI CPL LPP ╞═╕ │
││ Portrait 1 10 80 60 Landscape 1 10 106 45 │█│
││ Portrait 1 12 96 81 Landscape 1 12 127 61 │█│
││ Portrait 1 17 133 95 Landscape 1 17 176 72 │█│
││ Portrait 1 23 183 131 Landscape 1 23 243 98 │█│
││ Portrait 1 33 264 166 Landscape 1 33 351 125 │█│
││ ─── Land/Book/Book 2 17 81 72 │█│
││ Port/Book/Book 4 23 81 61 ─── │█│
││ ─── Land/Book/Book 8 33 81 60 │█│
│╘══╡ PPS=Pages/Side CPI=Characters/Inch CPL=Chars/Line LPP=Lines/Page ╞══╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
Type - When the STYLE TYPE selection menu is displayed, a window depicting
information about the paper orientation options and type descriptions is also
displayed, as shown below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Style Type Formats ├───────────────────┐ │
│ │ ╔════════╗ ╔═══════════╗ │█ │
│ │ ║Portrait║ ║ Pamphlet ║ │█ │
│ │ ║ ║ ╔═══════════╗ ║ or ║ │█ │
│ ╒═╡ Type ╞════│ ║1/4 PPS ║ ║ Landscape ║ ║ Book ║ │█ │
│ │ Portrait >│>╚════════╝ ║ 1/2/8 PPS ║ ║ 2/4/8 PPS ║ │█ │
│ │ Landscape >│>══════════>╚═══════════╝ ╚═══════════╝ │█ │
│ │ pampHlet >│>Each file is printed on separate sheets │█ │
│ │ Book >│>Files are printed like chapters in a book│█ │
│ ╘═════════════└──────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the STYLE OF OUTPUT as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To leave the STYLE TYPE of output as it is currently set and change its
sides per sheet, pages per side and/or pitch option, press ENTER .
-> To select a different STYLE TYPE of output, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlight bar to the desired STYLE TYPE with the arrow keys
and press ENTER . The various values for this option are detailed below.
P Portrait type - Printing is done using the portrait orientation. There
may be one or four text pages per sheet side.
L Landscape type - Printing is done using the landscape orientation.
There may be one, two, or eight text pages per sheet side.
H pampHlet type - Each selected file is printed in pamphlet form. The
output will require two printer passes for each sheet of paper: first
printing text pages on the front of the sheet - two, four, or eight
pages - and then a second printer pass to print text pages on the back
of the sheet. Each file is printed on a separate set of paper sheets.
B Book type - Selected files are printed in book form. The output is the
same as PAMPHLET type except that the printing of multiple files is
done in a manner such that each file appears as if it were a chapter in
a book.
94
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Sides - If either the PORTRAIT or LANDSCAPE STYLE TYPES of output are select-
ed, a SIDES option selection menu is displayed (both PAMPHLET TYPE and BOOK
TYPE styles of output print on both sides of the paper sheet).
Selection of the "One side" option will result in the output being printed on
only one side of the paper, and will require only one pass of the paper
through the printer.
The "Both sides" option selection requires that each output sheet will pass
through the printer twice, and be printed on both sides.
┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Sides Formats ├─┐ │
│ │ ╔═══════════╗ │█ │
│ │ ║Print Front║ │█ │
│ │ ║Side Only ║ │█ │
│ ╒═╡ Sides ╞═══│ ╔>╚═══════════╝ │█ │
│ │ One side >│>╝_________________│█ │
│ │ Both sides >│>╗ │█ │
│ ╘═════════════│ ╚>╔═══════════╗ │█ │
│ █████████████│ ║First Print║ │█ │
│ │ ║Front Side ║ │█ │
│ │ ╚═══════════╝ │█ │
│ │ v v v │█ │
│ │ ╔═══════════╗ │█ │
│ │ ║Then Print ║ │█ │
│ │ ║Back Side ║ │█ │
│ │ ╚═══════════╝ │█ │
│ └───────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the STYLE OF OUTPUT as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To leave the SIDES STYLE OF OUTPUT option as it is currently set, and
change its pages per side and/or pitch option, press ENTER .
-> To select a different SIDES STYLE OF OUTPUT option, press its highlighted
letter or move the highlight bar to the desired SIDES with the arrow keys
and press ENTER .
95
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Pages/Side - The PAGES/SIDE option selection menu is displayed with only
those options that are valid for the selected STYLE TYPE of output highlight-
ed.
┌────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ PPS Formats ├─┐ │
│ │ ╔═════╗ │█ │
│ │ ║Text ║ │█ │
│ │ ║ Page║ │█ │
│ ╒═╡ PPS ╞═│ ║ P1║<Paper │█ │
│ │ One >│>╚═════╝ Sheet │█ │
│ │ Two │>══>╔═══════════╗│█ │
│ │ Four │>═╗ ║Text │Text ║│█ │
│ │ Eight │>╗║ ║Page │ Page║│█ │
│ ╘═════════│ ║║ ║ P1│ P2║│█ │
│ █████████│ ║║ ╚═══════════╝│█ │
│ │ ║╚>╔═════╗ ^ │█ │
│ │ ║ ║P1│P2║<Paper│█ │
│ │ ║ ║──┼──║ Sheet│█ │
│ │ ║ ║P3│P4║ │ │█ │
│ │ ║ ╚═════╝ v │█ │
│ │ ╚═>╔═══════════╗│█ │
│ │ ║P1│P2│P3│P4║│█ │
│ │ ║──┼──┼──┼──║│█ │
│ │ ║P5│P6│P7│P8║│█ │
│ │ ╚═══════════╝│█ │
│ │Pages Per Side │█ │
│ └─────────────────┘█ │
│ ███████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the STYLE OF OUTPUT as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To leave the PAGES/SIDE STYLE OF OUTPUT option as it is currently set and
change its pitch option, press ENTER .
-> To select a different PAGES/SIDE STYLE OF OUTPUT option, press its high-
lighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired PAGES/SIDE with
the arrow keys and press ENTER .
96
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Text Pages/Book Page - For PAMPHLET and BOOK STYLE TYPES with four or eight
pages per side, an additional option is available, namely the number of text
pages printed on each pamphlet/book page. For a full description on the
available page layouts for this option, see the section "PRINT STYLE OVER-
VIEW" in the "INTRODUCTION" chapter. The PAGES/BOOK PAGE selection menu is
displayed when the STYLE OF OUTPUT selected allows, and is shown below. Only
valid options are highlighted.
┌───────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ PPBP Formats ├──┐ │
│ │╔═════╗ │█ │
│ │║16│P1║4PPS │█ │
│ │╠═════╣<──┬Cut────┐│█ │
│ │║14│P3║ │ ││█ │
│ │╚═════╝ v 8PPS ││█ │
│ │ ^ ╔═════╦═════╗ ││█ │
│ ╒═╡ PPBP ╞═│ OR ║16│P1║14│P3║ ││█ │
│ │ One │>═╩>╠═════╬═════╣<┘│█ │
│ │ two │>═╗ ║12│P5║10│P7║ │█ │
│ │ Four │>╗║ ╚═════╩═════╝ │█ │
│ ╘══════════│ ║╚>╔═════╗ │█ │
│ ██████████│ ║ ║15│16║4PPS │█ │
│ │ ║ ╟─────╢<┬Fold │█ │
│ │ ║ ║P1│P2║ │ │█ │
│ │ ║ ╚═════╝ v 8PPS│█ │
│ │ ╚═══>╔═════╤═════╗│█ │
│ │ ║13│14│P1│P2║│█ │
│ │ ║──┼──│──┼──║│█ │
│ │ ║15│16│P3│P4║│█ │
│ │ ╚═════╧═════╝│█ │
│ │Pages Per Book Page│█ │
│ └───────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the STYLE OF OUTPUT as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To leave the PAGES/BOOK PAGE STYLE OF OUTPUT option as it is currently
set, press ENTER .
-> To select a different PAGES/BOOK PAGE STYLE OF OUTPUT option, press its
highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired PAGES/BOOK
PAGE with the arrow keys and press ENTER .
97
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Pitch - The PITCH selection menu is displayed when any of the first two STYLE
TYPES, PORTRAIT or LANDSCAPE, are selected. All other styles use a fixed
pitch.
┌─────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Pitch ├──┐ │
│ │ Pica-10 CPI│█ │
│ │ Elite-12 │█ │
│ │ Line-17 │█ │
│ │ Small-23 │█ │
│ │ Tiny-33 │█ │
│ └────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████ │
└─────────────────┘
-> To leave the PITCH as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To change the PITCH from that highlighted, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlight bar to the desired PITCH using the arrow keys and press
ENTER .
98
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Option File [Advanced]
The OPTION FILE option will load an option file that contains preset values,
replacing any/all of the current option values. The main purpose of this option
is to allow setting the LASR-MAN options for a specific type of printing, such
as printing manuals with a fixed set of style options from a given directory.
These options may then be saved, with a file name and description, using the
EXIT function, and then reloaded at a later time.
NOTE If the option file "LASR-MAN.LMO" exists, it will be automatically
loaded, if an OPTION FILE OPTION is not specified on the command line.
-> To load a previously saved option file, select the OPTION FILE option by
pressing O . A PATH LIST menu will only be displayed if there are option
files, those with an extension of ".LMO", on more than one of the PATH subdi-
rectories.
┌────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Path List ╞═╕ │
│ │ C:\BAT │█ │
│ │ C:\LP │█ │
│ │ C:\ │█ │
│ ╘═══════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████ │
└────────────────────┘
-> To cancel selection of the option file at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> If the PATH LIST selection menu is displayed, select the desired PATH
directory by moving the highlight bar to it using the cursor control keys
and pressing ENTER .
A PICK LIST menu to select the available option files is next displayed, as
shown below. It contains all of the files on the selected (or only) directory
that have an extension of ".LMO".
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ PICK LIST - C:\LP ╞═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │
││ BOWLHELP.LMO LASR-MAN.LMO SCREEN.LMO SOURCE4.LMO TEST.LMO │█│
│╘════════════════════════════════════════╡ Select the desired OPTION FILE ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel selection of the option file at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To view the contents of a option file, move the highlight bar to the de-
sired one using the cursor control keys and press F2 . The file view
window will be displayed, as shown below.
99
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File LASR-MAN.LMO Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐ │
││/!Default options ^█│
││/AE ▒█│
││/CC:\LP\NONOPAGE.LMC ▒█│
││/DC:\LP ▒█│
││/EY ▒█│
││/F*.* ▒█│
││/G50 ▒█│
││/HF v█│
││/HLF'' │█│
││/HCP'' │█│
││/HRA'' │█│
││/L0159 │█│
││/L1249 │█│
││/L2143 │█│
││/L323 │█│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To view more of this page of the selected file, use the PAGEUP
PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To view the next page of this file, press ENTER .
-> To end viewing this file, press ESCAPE .
-> To select an option file to load, move the highlight bar to the desired
one using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The selected option
file name, along with its description, is displayed to the right of the
OPTION FILE option. The file will then be read, with valid parameters
replacing any option parameters now in effect.
100
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Cover file [Expert]
LASR-MAN has the ability to print a cover file, located on any path referenced
directory (or the current directory), before printed the normally selected
files. This cover file, with a required extension of ".LMV", may be of any
length and can be created and/or edited by a word processor. When selected, it
will be printed before all of the other selected files.
-> To specify printing a cover file, first select the COVER FILE option by
pressing V . A PATH LIST menu will only be displayed if there are cover
files, those with an extension of ".LMV", on more than one of the PATH subdi-
rectories.
┌────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Path List ╞═╕ │
│ │ C:\BAT │█ │
│ │ C:\LP │█ │
│ │ C:\ │█ │
│ ╘═══════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████ │
└────────────────────┘
-> To cancel selection of the cover file at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> If the PATH LIST selection menu is displayed, select the desired PATH
directory by moving the highlight bar to it using the cursor control keys
and pressing ENTER .
A PICK LIST menu to select the available cover files is next displayed, as
shown below. It contains all of the files on the selected (or only) directory
that have an extension of ".LMV".
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ PICK LIST - C:\LP ╞═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │
││ SAMPLE.LMV │█│
│╘════════════════════════════════╡ Select the desired COVER FILE to Print ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel selection of the cover file at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To view the contents of a cover file, move the highlight bar to the de-
sired one using the cursor control keys and press F2 . The file view
window will be displayed, as shown below.
101
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File SAMPLE.LMV Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐█│
││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ^█│
││▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒█ ▒█│
││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒█ ▒█│
││▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▒▒█▀ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▒▒█▀ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█▒▒▄▒▒█ ▒█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█▀ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█▒▒█▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█│
││ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▒█│
││▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ v█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ │█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▀▀▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ │█│
││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒│█│
││ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀│█│
││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ │█│
││▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▀▀▒▒█▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ │█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ │█│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>─────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To view more of this page of the selected file, use the PAGEUP
PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To view the next page of this file, press ENTER .
-> To end viewing this file, press ESCAPE .
-> To select a cover file to print before the selected files, move the high-
light bar to the desired one using the cursor control keys and press EN-
TER . The selected cover file name will be displayed to the right of the
COVER FILE option.
102
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Page Title [Advanced]
The PAGE TITLE selection menu is used to determine whether two of the lines on
each text page will be used for a page title or for file text and, if there is a
title, its format. The title, when printed, consists of three segments - left,
center, right - each of which may be independently set to one of eight different
formats, one of which allows user data entry. The title may be in the form of a
page header or footer, and it can be underlined. A depiction of the PAGE TITLE
is shown below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│<═══LEFT TITLE SEGMENT══> <══CENTER TITLE SEGMENT═> <══RIGHT TITLE SEGMENT══>│
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To change the PAGE TITLE option or edit its segments, select the PAGE TITLE
option by pressing T . A menu to select the TITLE Type is next displayed.
┌─────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ TITLE Type ╞═╕ │
│ │ Header >│█ │
│ │ Footer >│█ │
│ │ hEad/foot >│█ │
│ │ fOot/head >│█ │
│ │ None │█ │
│ ╘════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████ │
└─────────────────────┘
The "hEad/foot" option will generate a header title, and the "fOot/head"
option will generate a footer for output styles with one and two text pages
per side.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ HEADER/FOOTER FOOTER/HEADER ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
For output styles with four and eight text pages per side, both the
"hEad/foot" and "fOot/head" generate the same title formats: the top text
pages will have a header, and the bottom text pages will have a footer.
103
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐<────4 Pages/Side ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │───────────┼───────────│ │────────┼────────┼────────┼────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:7 │ PAGE:8 │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ 8 Pages/Side ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ Both HEADER/FOOTER and FOOTER /HEADER ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
-> To leave the PAGE TITLE option as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To select a different TITLE Type, press its highlighted letter or move the
highlight bar to the desired TITLE Type with the arrow keys and press EN-
TER . If one of the types that display the title is selected, an UNDERLINE
selection menu is displayed.
┌─────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Underline? ╞═╕ │
│ │ Yes v│█ │
│ │ No v│█ │
│ ╘════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████ │
└─────────────────────┘
-> To leave the page TITLE option as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To underline the selected title, press Y .
-> To print the Title without an underline, press N .
A TITLE format selection menu is next displayed for the LEFT segment of the
title. This will be followed by menus for the CENTER and RIGHT title seg-
ments.
┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ For the LEFT title, use ├─────┐ │
│ │ FILE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy hh:mm │█ │
│ │ fILE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy │█ │
│ │ fiLE: nnnnnnnn.eee │█ │
│ │ PRINTED: mm-dd-yy hh:mm │█ │
│ │ pRINTED: mm-dd-yy │█ │
│ │ pAGE: pppp │█ │
│ │ paGE: pppp [ff-nnnn] │█ │
│ │ Custom │█ │
│ │ Nothing │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To leave this and the other title segments with their current settings,
press ESCAPE . The program will return to the OPTIONS Function menu.
-> To leave this title segment data as it is currently set, press ENTER .
104
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
-> To change the format to be displayed in this title segment from that
highlighted, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to
the desired title segment format using the arrow keys and press EN-
TER .
If the "Custom" title segment option is selected, A Custom Title data
entry window is displayed.
┌────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌──┤ Enter Custom Title ├───┐ │
│ │ ......................... │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────┘
-> To edit this Custom Title segment, type or change the desired data,
using the action keys that are shown on the bottom help line.
-> To cancel changing this Custom Title segment, and restore its former
value, press ESCAPE .
-> To accept this edited Custom Title segment, press ENTER .
The newly defined title segment formats are temporarily displayed during
selection on the next to the last line of the background display. The dis-
play below would be seen after the LEFT and CENTER title segments have
been defined, and while waiting for the RIGHT title segment to be select-
ed.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│FILE: NNNNNNNN.EEE MM-DD-YY PRINTED: MM-DD-YY HH:MM │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
105
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Option Switches [Expert]
A variety of option switches are available to control the printed output. Most
of these switches are of the toggle variety but several are more complex and
have selection or entry menus. The TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCHES menu is dis-
played below.
-> To first display the TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCHES selection menu, press W
or move the highlight bar to it using the arrow keys and press ENTER .
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCH ├───────────┐ │
│ │ file Page start>ODD page floW >2pps>HOR │█ │
│ │ switch Titles══>NO blanK lines════>YES │█ │
│ │ Binding margin═>NO no Left margin═> 0 │█ │
│ │ print Formfeeds>YES Spaces/tab═════> 8 │█ │
│ │ title Headers══>YES tAb print width> 8 │█ │
│ │ Dividers (H/V)═>L/L teXt word wrap═>+++ │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCHES menu, press ESCAPE .
-> To toggle/change an option switch, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to the desired option switch using the arrow keys and
press ENTER .
File Page Start (Toggle) - Determines whether new files will be started on
the next odd page when printing in multiple pages per side, PAMPHLET TYPE or
BOOK TYPE styles. The "Any" option setting will start printing the next file
on the next available page. The "Odd" option setting will start printing the
next file on the next odd numbered page skipping any intervening even num-
bered page.
Switch Titles (Toggle) - Will switch the left and right title segment data
fields on even numbered pages. If the option switch is "Yes", the left and
right title segment data fields will be switched on all even numbered pages.
If it is "No", the title will be the same on all pages.
Binding margin (Toggle) - Reads a special change configuration file,
"BINDMARG.LMC", that provides a half-inch binding margin on the printed out-
put.
Print Form Feeds (Toggle) - Specifies how text form feed characters will be
handled during printing. The available PRINT FORM FEEDS option include:
YES All text form feed characters will be printed.
NO Text form feed characters will be ignored.
*** Form feed characters are replaced with a text line of special
characters to denote the page break, and the form feed is NOT
printed. Using this method, the location of form feed characters
will then be visible in the output.
106
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Title Headers (Toggle) - Used to remove the headers from title section data
fields. Each title section data field, except the custom field, has a header,
such as "PAGE:" for the page data field. If this option is "Yes", these title
headers will be printed. If it is "No", they will be removed. As an example,
the first title segment data field would be printed as "'FILE:nnnnnnnn.eee
mm-dd-yy hh:mm" with the TITLE HEADERS switch set to "Yes", and as
"nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy hh:mm" when set to "No".
Page Dividers (Menu) - Used to define the page dividers that are normally
included when multiple text pages are printed on one side of a paper sheet.
The "filled" options will produce a single divider line from one side (or
end) of the sheet to the other. The "no fill" options produce broken dividers
lines with spaces between the text page areas.
╔═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────┐ ┌───────────────┐ ┌───────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░ │<thin░ │ │ ░░░░░ ║<Block │ │ ░░░░░ ░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░ │ linE░ │ │ ░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░ ░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░1 │ ░░░░2 │ │ ░░░░1 ║ ░░░░2 │ │ ░░░░1 ░░░░2 │ ║
║ │ ═════ ═════ │ │ ──────╫────── │ │ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░ │^░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░ ║^thin░ │ │ ░░░░░ ░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░ │└blocK │ │ ░░░░░ ║└Line░ │ │ ░░░░░ ░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░3 │ ░░░░4 │ │ ░░░░3 ║ ░░░░4 │ │ ░░░░3 ░░░░4 │ ║
║ └──4 Pages/Side─┘ └──4 Pages/Side─┘ └──4 Pages/Side─┘ ║
║ Both with no fill Both filled No page dividers ║
╚═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
Two divider selection menus are displayed: first the HORIZONTAL DIVIDER and
then the VERTICAL DIVIDER.
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Horizontal ├─────┐ │
│ │ thin Line, filled │█ │
│ │ thin linE, no fill │█ │
│ │ Block, filled │█ │
│ │ blocK, no fill │█ │
│ │ None │█ │
│ └────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the PAGE DIVIDER OPTION as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To select a HORIZONTAL PAGE DIVIDER OPTION, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlight bar to it using the arrow keys and press ENTER .
The VERTICAL PAGE DIVIDER menu will then be displayed.
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Vertical ├───────┐ │
│ │ thin Line, filled │█ │
│ │ thin linE, no fill │█ │
│ │ Block, filled │█ │
│ │ blocK, no fill │█ │
│ │ None │█ │
│ └────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the PAGE DIVIDER OPTION as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To select a VERTICAL PAGE DIVIDER OPTION, press its highlighted letter or
107
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
move the highlight bar to it using the arrow keys and press ENTER .
Page Flow (Toggle) - There are two options for page flow on output styles of
four and eight pages per side. The first is HORIZONTAL, where text pages are
printed across the top of the sheet from left to right, and then again at the
bottom of the sheet. VERTICAL page flow prints the first two text pages on
the left side of the sheet, top first then bottom. The default PAGE FLOW on
four and eight page per side style output is horizontal, as shown below, by
the page numbers followed by "H". The PAGE FLOW option switch may be toggled
for vertical flow, resulting in the output depicted below with page numbers
followed by "V".
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═══════════════╗<=PORTRAIT │
│ ║1V │3V ║ LANDSCAPE │
│ ║ or │ or ║ ╔═══════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ 1H│ 2H║ ║1V │3V │5V │7V ║ │
│ ║───────┼───────║ ║ 1H│ 2H│ 3H│ 4H║ │
│ ║2V │4V ║ ║─────┼─────┼─────┼─────║ │
│ ║ or │ or ║ ║2V │4V │6V │8V ║ │
│ ║ 3H│ 4H║ ║ 5H│ 6H│ 7H│ 8H║ │
│ ╚══4 Pages/Side═╝ ╚══════8 Pages/Side═════╝ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To toggle the PAGE FLOW option switch, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER .
Blank Lines (Toggle) - Blank lines from the input file are normally printed
on the output. This option allows suppression of blank lines on the output,
and is useful in cases where the input file is double spaced and it's desired
to have the output single spaced. If the option switch is "Yes", the default,
blank lines will be printed. If the option is "No", blank lines will not be
printed.
No Left Margin (Entry) - Blank spaces on the left margin may be suppressed by
use of this option. The NO LEFT MARGIN option will remove leading blank spac-
es on each text line. It DOES NOT remove text, only blank spaces.
For example, if a page has lines that are 85 characters long, but there are 5
blank spaces at the beginning of each line, setting the NO LEFT MARGIN to a
value 5 will allow the page to print properly, using a STYLE OF OUTPUT that
has 80 characters/line.
-> To change the NO LEFT MARGIN option setting, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER . Its current value
will be displayed for editing.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ no Left margin═> 0. │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To edit the NO LEFT MARGIN data, use the cursor control keys shown on
the help line.
-> To accept the NO LEFT MARGIN data after editing, press ENTER .
-> To cancel changing the NO LEFT MARGIN data, press ESCAPE .
108
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Spaces/Tab (Entry) - The SPACES PER TABS option is used to determine the
number of spaces used for tab characters in the selected files that are to be
printed. Additionally, leading spaces of more than the SPACES/TAB value will
be converted to tab characters: for example if SPACES/TAB is 8, twenty-four
leading spaces = three tab characters. Correct use of this option switch,
along with the next, TAB PRINT WIDTH, will assure proper alignment of the
final output.
The SPACES/TAB option switch should be set to the value used by the text
editor or word processor that generated the document to be printed. This
value is normally eight spaces per tab.
-> To change the SPACES/TAB option setting, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER . Its current value will
be displayed for editing.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ Spaces/tab═════> 8 │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To edit the SPACES/TAB data, use the cursor control keys shown on the
help line.
-> To accept the SPACES/TAB data after editing, press ENTER .
-> To cancel changing the SPACES/TAB data, press ESCAPE .
Tab Print Width (Entry) - Although tabs may have been defined as a specific
width, such as eight spaces - the default value, they can be printed out with
a different width by use of this option switch.
-> To change the TAB PRINT WIDTH option setting, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER . Its current value
will be displayed for editing.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ tAb print width> 8 │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To edit the TAB PRINT WIDTH data, use the cursor control keys shown on
the help line.
-> To accept the TAB PRINT WIDTH data after editing, press ENTER .
-> To cancel changing the TAB PRINT WIDTH data, press ESCAPE .
Text Word Wrap (Toggle) - When the file text line is longer than the selected
STYLE OF OUTPUT print line, the part of the text that will fit on the first
line is printed. How the remaining text for that line is then handled depends
on the selected text word wrap option. Available TEXT WORD WRAP options in-
clude:
+++ The first output text line is filled completely, and the remain-
ing text is then placed on the next output line preceded by charac-
ter continuation string, whose default value is " ═══>". This char-
acter continuation string is defined in the configuration file, and
may be changed. A text string of up to 1000 characters will be han-
dled properly, being broken into multiple lines.
Cut The first output text line is filled completely, and the remain-
ing text for that line is discarded.
109
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Yes The first output text line is filled to the last full word, and the
remaining text is then placed on the next output line. Single car-
riage returns are ignored, and double carriage returns are pro-
cessed as such. This is a "paragraph" approach to preparing the
output, and will not work well with tabular or graphical text mate-
rial.
-> To toggle the TEXT WORD WRAP OPTION SWITCH, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER .
110
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Line/Page Limit [Expert]
The LINES PER PAGE LIMIT option can be used to force a text file, that
does not use form feed characters, to properly paginate when it's lines per page
is different than the selected STYLE OF OUTPUT's lines per page.
For example, if a text file has 66 lines per page without any form feed charac-
ters and the selected STYLE OF OUTPUT prints 72 lines per page, setting the
LINES PER PAGE LIMIT to 66 will result in properly printed pagination.
-> To change the LINES PER PAGE LIMIT, press its highlighted letter or move the
highlight bar to it and press ENTER . Edit the LINES PER PAGE LIMIT as de-
sired.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ Line/page limit 999 │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To accept the edited LINES PER PAGE LIMIT, press ENTER .
-> To cancel editing and leave the LINES PER PAGE LIMIT as currently set,
press ESCAPE .
111
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Stamp-it! [Expert]
A halftone "rubber stamp" can optionally be printed on each text page. The char-
acter size of this stamp is fixed - about 3/8" high - and is the same for all
Styles of Output. Each letter has a thin outline and a lightly shaded interior.
The stamp may be printed horizontally across the center of the text pageor ver-
tically. Stamp text is first selected from a list of commonly used stamps. The
default is to NOT print a halftone "rubber stamp" on each text page.
-> To change the status of this STAMP-IT! option, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . A STAMP-IT! STYLE selec-
tion menu will then be displayed.
┌────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Style ╞═╕ │
│ │ None │█ │
│ │ Horizont >│█ │
│ │ Vertical >│█ │
│ ╘═══════════╛█ │
│ █████████████ │
└────────────────┘
-> To leave the STAMP-IT! STYLE as it was, press ESCAPE . SAMPLE STAMP-IT!
-> To select a STAMP-IT! STYLE, press its highlighted letter or move the
highlight bar to it and press ENTER . A STAMP-IT! TEXT selection menu
will next be displayed.
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ STAMP-IT! Text ╞═╗ │
│ ║ Copy ║█ │
│ ║ confidEntial ║█ │
│ ║ do Not copy ║█ │
│ ║ Draft ║█ │
│ ║ Urgent ║█ │
│ ╚════════════════════╝█ │
│ ██████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────┘
-> To select a new or different STAMP-IT! text, press its highlighted
letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The selected
text, or at least the first portion of it, will appear on the "STAMP-
IT!" option line.
NOTE There is also a time cost to printing a "rubber stamp" on each
text page: the length of time required to initially download
the "rubber stamp" soft font to the printer is about fifty
seconds. Printing the "rubber stamp" on each text page normal-
ly requires little additional time.
112
FILES SELECT FUNCTION
File selection and tagging is the cornerstone of LASR-MAN operations. It is the
process of specifying which file or files, located on the current drive-direct-
ory, are to be printed. Only the files from one directory at a time may be pri-
nted with LASR-MAN. Only after a file or files are selected and tagged may pri-
nting occur.
The file names displayed for file selection are those files on the current
drive-directory as defined by the Data Path. If the files from a different
drive-directory are desired, first select the SETUP Function and change the
data path prior to selecting the FILES SELECT Function.
Additionally, the files displayed must meet the criteria defined by ARCHIVE BIT
STATUS & FILE MASK options.
LASR-MAN will handle directories with up to 512 files, displaying them seventy-
five at a time. Files in excess of this number will be bypassed, and an overflow
error message will be displayed.
NOTE To process directories containing more than 512 files, use the ARCHIVE
BIT and FILE MASK options to decrease the number of selectable files to
less than 512.
The options displayed on the FILES SELECT FUNCTION menu, and the other four
FUNCTION menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu dis-
played below is set to the Expert level.
-> To select the FILES SELECT Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU,
press F or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the FILES SELECT Function
using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The FILES SELECT Function
menu will then be displayed, as shown below.
113
FILES SELECT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔═══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ File selection/tag >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ file Mask:*.*.........║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Archive bit: EITHER ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════════════╝█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████████████░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░░░░░▄░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 5.00, Copyright 1990-93 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX] >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To select a FILES SELECT Function option, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys
and press ENTER .
114
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 FILES SELECT FUNCTION
File Selection/Tag [Normal]
FILE SELECTION/TAG is the process of specifying which file or files, located on
the current drive-directory, are to be printed.
-> To select and tag files from the current drive-directory for printing, select
the FILE SELECTION/TAG option by pressing F . A FILE TAG MENU is next dis-
played.
┌────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ FILE TAG MENU ╞═╕ │
│ │ Toggle file tag │█ │
│ │ All files─────TAG │█ │
│ │ Count page/sheet │█ │
│ │<analyZe file │█ │
│ ╘═══════════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────┘
NOTE The "All files" option is available only at the ADVANCED or EXPERT
User Level. The "Count page/sheet" and "analyZe file" options are
available only at the EXPERT User Level.
Normally the ENTER key will exit from FILE SELECTION and switch to PRINT if
any files have been tagged. This action, however, can be changed to toggling the
highlighted file's tag status, acting like the SPACE bar.
-> To toggle the action to be performed by the ENTER key, press TAB . The
current action of ENTER is shown on the help line.
Additionally, three other windows are also displayed. The FILE INFORMATION win-
dow displays data on the currently highlighted file and will, when they are
selected, provide additional information with the ANALYZE FILE and VIEW PAGE
options. The right-most abbreviations stand for maximum characters per line and
maximum lines per page. These are a function of the currently selected STYLE OF
OUTPUT.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ INFORMATION - File PAGES-08.DOC ├────────────────┐ │
│ │ Type Text Date 11-17-90 10:28 MaxC/L │█ │
│ │ Size 22055 Page MaxL/P │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
115
FILES SELECT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
The next to the last line of the display is a PRINT SUMMARY DATA window, dis-
playing information of the files selected and printed. The "File" and "Size"
fields will be updated as files are tagged and untagged, and the "Page" and
"Sheet" fields will be updated when the COUNT PAGE/SHEET option is selected.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Scan═>■/2 File═> 1/■ Size═> 22055/■ Page═> ■/■ Sheet═> ■/■ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
The FILES TO PRINT PICK LIST selection menu displays the current drive-
directory's files - as limited by the ARCHIVE BIT and FILE MASK options - in
alphabetical order. A maximum of seventy-five may be displayed at one time: if
this directory contains more than seventy-five, a prompt is added to the bottom
help line to allow viewing the remainder. Tagged file names are preceded by a
'>' character. The active highlight bar is that in the FILES TO PRINT PICK LIST
window.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ PICK LIST - D:\WP\FORMS ╞═══════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │
││>ERRATA.FOR INVC-11.FOR INVC-7.FOR >MM-RETN.FOR MM-RETN1.FOR │█│
││ ORDER-11.FOR PROBLEM.FOR >QUOTE.FOR SALR-11.FOR STATMENT.FOR │█│
││ TIMESHET.FOR │█│
│╘═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╡ >=Print Tag ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To terminate FILE SELECTION/TAG, press ENTER or ESCAPE . The program will
proceed to the PRINT Function if any files have been tagged.
-> If this directory contains more seventy-five files, to view the remainder of
the files, use the PAGEUP and PAGEDOWN keys.
-> To toggle the print tag on the currently highlighted file, press T or
SPACE . This file's tag will be changed and the file highlight will move to
the next file.
-> To tag the currently highlighted file, press INSERT . The file highlight
will move to the next file.
-> To clear any print tag on the currently highlighted file, press DELETE . The
file highlight will move to the next file.
-> [Advanced, Expert] To tag ALL of the displayed files from printing, press
A . All of the displayed files will be tagged, and the ALL option will
change to "CLEAR".
-> [Advanced, Expert] To clear the print tag on all of the displayed files,
press A .
NOTE This option acts as a toggle and will change from "CLEAR" to "TAG".
-> [Expert] To COUNT the number of PAGEs and SHEETs that will be printed by all
of the currently tagged files, press C . The totals information will appear
on the next-to-last display line.
-> [Expert] To ANALYZE and determine the number of printed pages to be generated
by the currently highlighted FILE, press Z . The FILE INFORMATION window
will be updated with this data along with the maximum line width and page
length for this file, as shown below.
116
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 FILES SELECT FUNCTION
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ INFORMATION - File GENERAL.DOC ├────────────────┐ │
│ │ Type Text Date 05-16-92 10:28 MaxC/L 81 │█ │
│ │ Size 38986 22051 Page 13 MaxL/P 72 │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To preview how the text data from the currently highlighted file will look
when printed, press F2 . Information from the first page of this file will
be displayed in the VIEW window. The page number, maximum number of charac-
ters per line, and lines per page for this page are shown in the FILE INFOR-
MATION window. Each page will be displayed as it will appear when printed, as
shown below.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File PAGES-08.DOC Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐█│
││PPPPPPPP ^█│
││PPPPPPPPPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP v█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPPPPPPPPP │█│
││PPPPPPPP │█│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>─────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To view more of this page, use the PAGEUP PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW
RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To view the next page of this file, press ENTER .
-> To end viewing this file, press ESCAPE .
117
FILES SELECT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
File Mask [Advanced]
The FILE MASK option is used to denote a single specific file or to limit the
number of files that are displayed during the file selection process. The cur-
rent FILE MASK value is displayed to the right of the option, as shown below,
normally with the default of "*.*".
-> To edit this file name/wildcard, select the FILE MASK option by pressing M .
The action keys that may be used during editing are shown on the bottom help
line. The DOS wildcard characters of '*' and '?' may be used. A '.' must
separate the file name specifier from the extension.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ ╔══════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ File selection/tag >║█ │
│ ║ file Mask *.doc......║█ │
│ ║ Archive bit EITHER ║█ │
│ ╚══════════════════════╝█ │
│ ████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel changing the FILE MASK and return its current value, press ES-
CAPE .
-> To clear the entry window, press CTRL + END .
-> To accept the edited FILE MASK, press ENTER .
NOTE If the FILE MASK is cleared, it will revert to it's default value
of "*.*".
118
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 FILES SELECT FUNCTION
Archive bit [Expert]
The ARCHIVE BIT status may be used to determine which files will be displayed
for selection:
1.) only those that have changed and have their archive bit set on, or
2.) all files.
Additionally, if only changed files are selected, the archive bit may be reset
after the file(s) is/are printed.
The three states that the ARCHIVE BIT status may be set to are:
EITHER Files will be displayed whether their ARCHIVE BIT status is on or
off.
ON Files will be displayed only if their ARCHIVE BIT is on.
CLEAR Files will be displayed only if their ARCHIVE BIT is on. Addi-
tionally, any files that are selected and then printed will have
their ARCHIVE BIT set off after being printed.
-> To toggle the ARCHIVE BIT status, press A .
119
PRINT FUNCTION
Printing, the reason for LASR-MAN, may only be accomplished after one or more
files have been selected and tagged. Until this occurs, the PRINT Function is
not available.
The options displayed on the PRINT FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION
menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below
is set to the Expert level.
-> To select the PRINT Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU and the 'P'
in "print" is uppercase and highlighted (signifying that file(s) have been
selected for printing), press P or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the
PRINT Function using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . Two windows
are then displayed; the PRINT Function menu for selection of print options
and the FILES TO PRINT PICK LIST information window showing all of the se-
lected and tagged files from the current directory.
╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔═════════════════════════════╗│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ paper Source:LOWER CASSETTE ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Print these selected files v║█
│Paper═>STANDARD░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Reverse 2nd pass output:YES ║█
│┌──┤ Page ├───┐░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ output To: LPT1 ║█
││Landscape ^═══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═════════════════════════════╝█
││ │ ║╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░███████████████████████████████
││ Lines═>72 ║║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
││ Pitch═>17cpiv ║║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│└<Chars═>81 >┘ ║║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░╚╡2 pages/SIDE╞══════════════╝║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░╚╡BOTH SIDES╞════════════════╝░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│╒═╡ PICK LIST - C:\LP ╞═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╕│
││><<cover>> >PAGES-08.DOC ││
│╘══════════════════════════╡ >=Not printed ▌=Front ▐=Back █=Both sides ╞═╛│
╘╡ Scan>/2 File> /1 Size> /22447 Page> / Sheet> / ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX] >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To select a PRINT Function option, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and
press ENTER .
120
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 PRINT FUNCTION
Paper Source Bin [Normal]
The PAPER SOURCE BIN option acts as a toggle and allows selection of a desired
PAPER SOURCE BIN from those that are defined in the LASR-MAN printer command
configuration file.
The available PAPER SOURCE BIN options for laser printers include:
DUPLEX LOWER Lower Cassette, Duplex printer
EPSON FRONT Front Cassette, Epson printer
FRONT CASSETTE Front Cassette
LOWER CASSETTE (Default) Lower Cassette
TRAY Multi-Purpose Tray
The available PAPER SOURCE BIN options for ink jet printers include:
TRAY, DESKJET (Default) Input Tray
-> To toggle the PAPER SOURCE BIN, press its highlighted letter or move the
highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The selected PAPER SOURCE BIN will
change to the next one available, in alphabetical order.
NOTE The DUPLEX LOWER PAPER SOURCE BIN is for the HP IID/IIID printers and
will change how printing on the back side of paper sheets will be han-
dled. Duplex printing is done on both sides of the paper sheet in a
single pass through the printer.
121
PRINT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Print these Selected Files [Normal]
Selection of the PRINT THESE SELECTED FILES option opens the gateway to printing
the selected files, using the currently defined options.
NOTE The default value for the PAPER SOURCE BIN option for laser printers is
"LOWER CASSETTE", normally used on the HP IIP and IIIP printers. If
your printer is different, select the proper PAPER SOURCE BIN for it
before printing the selected files.
TIP When printing with a STYLE OF OUTPUT of "PAMPHLET" or "BOOK", you can
print the first sheet on a different colored paper stock for a cover.
-> To select the PRINT THESE SELECTED FILES option, press P .
Several menus can be displayed at this point, depending on the PRINTER,
PAPER SOURCE, and OUTPUT settings.
If the OUTPUT TO option has been set to "DISK FILE" and the disk file already
exists, a file handling menu will be displayed.
┌─────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Disk File Exists. ...? ├─┐ │
│ │ Erase │█ │
│ │ Append │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────┘
-> To erase the current printer output disk file, "LASR-MAN.PRN", contents,
press E .
-> To leave the current printer output disk file, "LASR-MAN.PRN", contents as
they are and append the new printer output to it, press A .
If the "DeskJet" family of PRINTERS has been selected, a print quality menu
will be displayed.
┌───────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Select DeskJet PRINT QUALITY ├─┐ │
│ │ Draft │█ │
│ │ Letter │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To print the output in draft quality, press D . This method is normally
twice as fast as letter quality and will normally produce more readable
output at the smaller pitch sizes.
-> To print the output in letter quality, press L .
If the "DUPLEX" PAPER SOURCE has been selected and the STYLE OF OUTPUT is
double sided, a print style menu will be displayed.
122
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 PRINT FUNCTION
┌────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Select DUPLEX PRINT STYLE ├─┐ │
│ │ Book │█ │
│ │ Flip │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To print the second side so that when the output sheet is three hole
punched on the LEFT or RIGHT sides and inserted in a notebook, all pages
are readable and properly oriented, press B .
-> To print the second side so that when the output sheet is three hole
punched on the TOP or BOTTOM sides and inserted in a notebook, all pages
are readable and properly oriented, press F .
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌────────────────────┐ ┌────────────────────╥────────────────────┐ │
│ │ Page 3 │ Page 4 │ │ │ o ^ o │ │ │
│ │ │ │ │ │ o ^ o │ │ │
│ │ o o o │ │ Page 3 │ Page 4 o ^ o Page 5 │ Page 6 │ │
│ ╞═══)══════)══════)══╡ └────────────────────╨────────────────────┘ │
│ │ o o o │ Book Style │
│ │ │ │ │
│ │ Page 5 │ Page 6 │<─ Flip Chart Style │
│ └────────────────────┘ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
If the STYLE OF OUTPUT is "PAMPHLET" or "BOOK",the program will first take
one scan through the selected files determining page locations.
The next to the last line of the display is a PRINT SUMMARY DATA window,
displaying information about the selected files. The fields of this window
will be updated as files are read and printed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Scan═>■/2 File═> 1/■ Size═> 22055/■ Page═> 1/■ Sheet═> 1/■ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
Three additional windows are next displayed. The first is the FILE INFORMA-
TION window detailing data on the file currently being processed, as shown
here.
123
PRINT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ INFORMATION - File PAGES-08.DOC ├────────────────┐ │
│ │ Type Text Date 11-17-90 10:28 MaxC/L │█ │
│ │ Size 22055 Page MaxL/P │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
The second window depicts the sheet to be printed, denoted by [ ], and the
current text page - █ - and its relative position on this sheet. If more than
one text page is to be printed on this sheet, this display will change with
each additional text page as it is printed.
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ ACTION ├─────────┐ │
│ │ Print Page>[██│──] │█ │
│ └────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────┘
The third window is the PASS (1/2) PRINTING selection menu. The top menu
header of this window contains the current pass number and instructions on
how the printer output should be set for this pass.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ PASS 1 Printing. Set OUTPUT-TOP. ╞═══════╗ │
│ ║ Print this sheet ║█│
│ ║ print all sheets of this File ║█│
│ ║ print all sheets of All files for this pass ║█│
│ ║─────────────────────────────────────────────║█│
│ ║ Skip this sheet ║█│
│ ║ skip all sheets of this fIle ║█│
│ ║ skip all sheets of aLl files for this pass ║█│
│ ║ skip to sheet X ║█│
│ ║─────────────────────────────────────────────║█│
│ ║ Cancel printing ║█│
│ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════╝█│
│ ███████████████████████████████████████████████│
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel printing at this point and return to the PRINT Function menu,
press ESCAPE .
-> To print the current sheet that starts with the data specified by the FILE
INFORMATION window, press P . The current sheet will be printed and the
next sheet will be set up.
-> To print the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets of THIS file, press
F .
NOTE This option is NOT available if the STYLE OF OUTPUT is "PAMPHLET"
or "BOOK".
-> To print the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets for ALL files for this
pass, press A . This is the normal default printing option.
-> To skip the current sheet that starts with the data specified by the FILE
INFORMATION window, press S .
124
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 PRINT FUNCTION
NOTE EXTREME care should be taken with these skip options on multi--
pass output: if you skip anything on the first printing pass you
MUST skip the same thing on the second printing pass, or your
output will not line up. Normally, only use the skip options to
determine how many sheets will be required, then go back and
print it.
-> To skip the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets of THIS file, press
I .
NOTE This option is NOT available if the STYLE OF OUTPUT is "PAMPHLET"
or "BOOK".
-> To skip the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets for ALL files for this
pass, press L .
-> To skip to a specific SHEET (not page), press X . This option is of pri-
mary use when, after printing a large document, a sheet was not printed
properly and you want to only reprint that sheet. A prompt will be dis-
played asking for the SHEET number to skip to.
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ skip to sheet 2... │
└─────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel this option, press ESCAPE .
-> To accept the sheet number as entered/edited, press ENTER . The pro-
gram will skip to the desired sheet and then display the PRINTING PASS
(1/2) PRINTING select menu again.
-> To preview how this page will look when it is printed, press F2 . The
first text page to be printed on this sheet will be displayed as it will
appear when printed. The solid bar on the right and bottom of the display
denote the size and location of this displayed text block to the rest of
this page.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File PAGES-08.DOC Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐█│
││PPPPPPPP ^█│
││PPPPPPPPPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP v█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPPPPPPPPP │█│
││PPPPPPPP │█│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>─────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To view more of this page, use the PAGEUP PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW
125
PRINT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To end viewing this page, press ESCAPE or ENTER .
When the printing of all selected files on one side of the sheets of paper is
completed, either the Printing Complete message or Pass Complete message will
be displayed.
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├────────┐ │
│ │ Printing Complete. │█ │
│ └────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────┘
-> To continue and return to the MAIN MENU, press any key.
The PASS 1 PRINTING COMPLETE message gives specific instruction on taking the
PASS 1 OUTPUT and preparing it to use for INPUT to PASS 2.
NOTE The printer configuration file, "LASR-MAN.LMG", has the instructions
for both the lower paper cassette and the multi-purpose input tray.
The reason is to cover all printer models, including those that have
both input paths. If the combination of instructions is confusing,
see the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE" and edit the mes-
sages as desired.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ PRINTING PASS 1 COMPLETE. Use Pass 1 Printed Output for Pass 2 Input. │█│
│ │────────────────────┤ Set Pass 2 Input as follows: ├───────────────────│█│
│ │ LOWER CASSETTE: (Rev 2nd=YES) │█│
│ │ >>Printed side FACE DOWN, LAST PAGE on TOP<< │█│
│ │ Book Style output═>>TOP of the PAGE toward the PRINTER'S RIGHT<< │█│
│ │ Flip Chart Style══>>TOP toward LEFT<< │█│
│ │-or- │█│
│ │ MULTI-PURPOSE TRAY: (Rev 2nd=NO) │█│
│ │ >>Printed side FACE UP, FIRST PAGE on TOP<< │█│
│ │ Book Style output═>>TOP of the PAGE toward the PRINTER'S RIGHT<< │█│
│ │ Flip Chart Style══>>TOP toward LEFT<< │█│
│ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel the next printing pass at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To continue with the next printing pass after its input has been properly
placed, press any other key. The PASS 2 PRINTING option menu will next be
displayed.
126
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 PRINT FUNCTION
When printing is being done with landscape orientation, the sheets may be
printed on the second pass in one of two forms - Book Style or Flip Chart
Style. Examples of these two forms, each with a binding margin and then
three hole punched and inserted into a notebook are shown below.
┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌──(Printing is upside down) │ │ │
│ 4:ΣΩÆΦ░░░░░░░░░ │ 3:ΣΩÆΦ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:3 │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:4 │
│ o o o │ │ o o o │
╞═══════)══════════)══════════)═════╡ ╞═══════)══════════)══════════)═════╡
│ o o o │ │ o o o │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:5 │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:6 │ │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:5 │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:6 │
│ (Book Style Output) │ │ (Flip Chart Style Output) │
└───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘
Reverse 2nd Pass Output [Expert]
The REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT option sets the print order for the second printing
pass. The normal method is to print the back of the first sheet printed during
the first pass and continue to printing the back of the last sheet. Changing
this option allows printing the back of the last sheet printed during the first
pass first and continuing to the back of the first page.
NOTE The value of this option is automatically set to the proper method when
the PAPER SOURCE BIN is selected and does not nominally need to be set.
-> To toggle the REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT OPTION between "YES" and "NO", press
R .
127
PRINT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Output To [Expert]
Printer output, by default, is sent to the LPT1 port. With the use of this op-
tion, the printer output can be directed to any of the normal LPT or COM ports,
or it may be written to a disk file.
-> To toggle the output printer device, press T or move the highlight bar to
this option and press ENTER . The printer devices that are available are:
LPT 1 LPT 1
LPT 2 LPT 2
LPT 3 LPT 3
COM 1 COM 1
COM 2 COM 2
COM 3 COM 3
COM 4 COM 4
DISK FILE LASR-MAN.PRN
If the disk file option is selected, its name will be "LASR-MAN.PRN". If this
file already exists, on the same drive-directory as the program, a prompt is
displayed to select how the file is to be handled.
┌─────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Disk File Exists. ...? ├─┐ │
│ │ Erase │█ │
│ │ Append │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────┘
-> To erase the current file, "LASR-MAN.PRN", and create a new one for this
output, press E .
-> To append this output to previous output, press A .
NOTE This disk file will contain printer commands. If it is to be
later transferred to the printer, such as by use of the DOS COPY
command, make sure to use the binary option, /B, or the printer
commands/soft fonts may be lost.
128
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 PRINT FUNCTION
Cutting and Folding Sheets for Pamphlets and Books
Pamphlets and Books may be printed with two, four, or eight text pages per paper
side.
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page - After
both printing passes are complete, the sheets do not need to be cut before fold-
ing and stapling. Fold each sheet on the line between pages, as shown below.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ╔═ FOLD ║
║ v ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:4 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════╝
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page - After
both printing passes are complete, cut the sheets as shown below on the page
divider line (double line labeled "CUT A"). Place the sheets from "STACK 1" on
top of those labeled "STACK 2". Then fold all sheets on the page divider line.
╔═══════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ╔═ FOLD ║
║ v ║
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │<─ STACK 1 ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:8 │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ║
║ │═══════════╪═══════════│<═ CUT A ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │<─ STACK 2 ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:6 │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ ║
╚═══════════════════════════════════════╝
129
PRINT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Eight Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page - After
both printing passes are complete, cut the sheets as shown below on the vertical
page divider line (double line labeled "CUT A"). Place the sheets from "STACK 1"
on top of those labeled "STACK 2". Next cut the sheets on the horizontal page
divider line (double line labeled 'CUT B'). Place the sheets from "STACK 3" on
top of those labeled "STACK 4". Finally fold all sheets on the page divider
line.
╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ╔═ CUT A ╔═ FOLD ║
║ v v ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌─────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │<─ STACK 3 ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:16│ PAGE:1 ║ PAGE:14│ PAGE:3 │ │ PAGE:16│ PAGE:1 │ ║
║ │════════╪════════╬════════╪════════│ ═════> │════════╪════════│<═ CUT B ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │<─ STACK 4 ║
║ │ PAGE:12│ PAGE:5 ║ PAGE:10│ PAGE:7 │ │ PAGE:12│ PAGE:5 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └─────────────────┘ ║
║ ^ ^ ^ COMBINED ║
║ └─ STACK 1 └─ STACK 2 └─ STACKS 1 & 2 ║
╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, Two Text Pages/Book Page - After
both printing passes are complete, fold all sheets on the page divider line
noted.
╔═══════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:7 │ ░░ PAGE:8 │ ║
║ │═══════════╪═══════════│<═ FOLD ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │<═ BOOK ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ PAGE ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ (2 text ║
║ │ ▓▓ PAGE:1 │ ▓▓ PAGE:2 │ pages) ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ ║
╚═══════════════════════════════════════╝
130
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 PRINT FUNCTION
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Eight Pages/Side, Four Text Pages/Book Page - After
both printing passes are complete, fold all sheets on the page divider line
noted.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ FOLD═╗ ╔═BOOK PAGE ║
║ v v (4 text pages)║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:13│ PAGE:14║ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ │────────┼────────╫────────┼────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:15│ PAGE:16║ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════╝
131
PRINT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Stapling Pamphlets and Books
If you don't have a deep throat stapler, here's a procedure to staple a pam-
phlet/book after printing.
-> Fold each page at its centerline separately.
-> Put the folded pages together in the proper order.
-> On a flat surface, place a magazine or book which is thicker then the length
of the staples legs. Use a stapler that has been opened as shown in the dia-
gram below. Hold the pamphlet/book in proper alignment while stapling.
-> Bend the staple legs over using an object such as a coin.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ║
║ ┌──────────────────────────┐ ║
║ └─┬────────────────────────┤<─── Stapler opened up ║
║ │ V<─ Draw arrow @ staple│ ┌──────────────────── ║
║ Staple ─────────> └─┬──────────────────────┘▄└──────────────────── ║
║ ══════════════════════════════════════════ ║
║ ^ ╔═══════════════════════════════════════════ ║
║ Centerline of │ ║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║
║ Pamphlet/Book ────┘ ╚═══════════════════════════════════════════ ║
║ ^ ║
║ └ MAGAZINE (Thicker than the staple legs) ║
║ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
132
EXIT FUNCTION
The EXIT FUNCTION performs the task of leaving the LASR-MAN program and, option-
ally, saving the program options in their current state for subsequent program
executions.
The options displayed on the EXIT FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION
menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below
is set to the Expert level.
-> To select the EXIT Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press X
or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the EXIT Function using the cursor
control keys and press ENTER . The EXIT Function menu is displayed, as shown
below.
╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔═══════════════╗
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Return to DOS ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Cancel ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║<Save options ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════╝█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░░░░░▄░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 5.00, Copyright 1990-93 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To select an EXIT Function option, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and
press ENTER . If changes have been made to the type of monitor, menu
colors or reverse 2nd pass output options, it is assumed that the changes
should be saved and the SAVE OPTIONS option will be highlighted: other-
wise, the RETURN TO DOS option is highlighted.
133
EXIT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Return to DOS [Normal]
-> To return to DOS, select the RETURN TO DOS option by pressing R .
The program will exit. If this is an unregistered copy of LASR-MAN, a
shareware registration reminder message will be displayed.
Cancel [Normal]
-> To cancel exiting from LASR-MAN and return to the MAIN MENU, select the CAN-
CEL option by pressing either C or ESCAPE .
134
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 EXIT FUNCTION
Save Options [Normal]
The LASR-MAN program options currently in effect may be saved, either to a de-
fault or user named file. These options include all of those set by the SETUP
and OPTION FUNCTIONS, the ATTRIBUTE BIT status and FILE MASK of the FILES SELECT
FUNCTION and the PAPER SOURCE BIN and REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT of the PRINT FUNC-
TION.
-> To save the current option settings, select the SAVE OPTIONS option by press-
ing S . An OPTION FILE data entry window is displayed, with entry required
for both the option file name and its description.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Option File ├──────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ Name LASR-MAN │█│
│ │ Description LASR-MAN Default Option Parameters...... │█│
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█│
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To edit either the file name or description, use the control keys shown
on the help line.
NOTE The default option file name of "LASR-MAN" will cause the file
to be automatically loaded every time that LASR-MAN is run and
does not need to be specified on the command line.
The option file extension will be ".LMO" and should NOT be entered.
NOTE The description is optional and may be left blank, although it
can be quite helpful when viewing option files prior to load-
ing.
-> To cancel this function, press ESCAPE .
-> To accept either the file name or description after editing is com-
plete, press ENTER .
After both name and description have been entered, a data path option
menu is displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Save the DATA PATH? ├─┐ │
│ │ Yes │█ │
│ │ No │█ │
│ └─────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ███████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────┘
-> To include the current drive-directory DATA PATH in the saved option
file, press Y .
-> To EXCLUDE the DATA PATH from the saved option file, press N . This
method is useful for creating generic option files that can be used
for printing files from any drive-directory.
The current options will be saved, and a save complete message dis-
played.
135
EXIT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 5.0
┌───────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├───────────────────────┐ │
│ │ LASR-MAN.LMO option file updated. │█│
│ └───────────────────────────────────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████│
└───────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To continue, press any key. The program returns to the EXIT FUNCTION
menu.
NOTE The option files may be modified with an ASCII word proces-
sor/editor. For example, if you want to use the default option
file, "LASR-MAN.LMO", but want the data directory to be the
current drive-directory, you may edit the file and remove the
line that begins "/D...".
136
DESKJET PRINTERS
The Hewlett-Packard family of DeskJet printers - DeskJet, DeskJet +, and DeskJet
500 - is also supported by LASR-MAN, with a few limitations. These limitations,
and some notes about them, are detailed below.
* Only "STANDARD LETTER" and "LEGAL" PAPER SIZES are supported.
* It is recommended that printing be done in "Draft" mode rather than "Letter",
due to the latter requiring twice as long and printing the characters more
dense, resulting in less legible output.
* The following STYLES OF OUTPUT are NOT supported by DeskJet printers WITHOUT
additional memory:
PORTRAIT, TINY (33 CPI)
LANDSCAPE, ELITE (12 CPI)
LANDSCAPE, TINY (33 CPI)
All 8 PAGE/SIDE STYLES OF OUTPUT
* The following STYLES OF OUTPUT are NOT supported by DeskJet and DeskJet +
printers, even with additional memory:
All 8 PAGE/SIDE STYLES OF OUTPUT
NOTE This limitation is under evaluation, and may be removed in later
releases.
* For DeskJet printers WITHOUT additional memory, the following comments apply.
PORTRAIT, 12 CPI uses a 12 point font instead of 10 point.
PORTRAIT, 17 CPI uses a 6 point font instead of 8.5 point. This results in
spaces between characters vertically.
LANDSCAPE, 17 CPI and all 2 PPS STYLES use a 6 point font instead of 8.5
point. This results in spaces between characters vertically.
* Underlining, both for titles and text, is NOT available with LANDSCAPE STYLES
OF OUTPUT.
* To print LANDSCAPE using legal size paper, you may need to first set the
printer switches for the legal paper size. For the DeskJet 500 printer this
is Bank A, switch 5 up, and switch 6 down. This problem does not seem to
occur in PORTRAIT orientation.
* When printing 8 page/side STYLES OF OUTPUT, print a single sheet at a time.
Due to an internal printer memory limitation, that the program cannot detect,
the printer may require more than one pass to print one side of a sheet. This
will occur with both standard letter and legal size paper.
NOTE FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS ON THIS LIMITATION WILL RESULT IN
PRODUCING USELESS OUTPUT.
* When printing 2 and 8 pages/side STYLE OF OUTPUT temporary files are generat-
ed on the LASR-MAN directory. The file names starts with "$$" and they have
an extension of ".TMP". These files are erased with a normal program exit.
137
EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE
The CONFIGURATION FILE is an ASCII file with an extension of ".LMG". It may be
edited by any word processor, using the word processor's option for editing and
saving unformatted files.
CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILES are similar in format to the CONFIGURATION FILE and
have an extension of ".LMC".
There are two way that the printer parameters may be changed:
1.) Edit the configuration file, "LASR-MAN.LMG", and change the parame-
ter(s) on a permanent basis, and
2.) Create a change configuration file, with an extension of ".LMC", con-
taining the parameter(s) to be changed, and either specify the file on
the command line with a "/C" option or select the CHANGE CONFG option
from the SETUP function menu.
Two print test files, PAGES-08.DOC and PAGE-16.DOC, are included with LASR-MAN.
These file consists of eight and sixteen pages, each with a maximum of fifty-
-seven seventy-nine character lines. These files may be printed using the vari-
ous printing styles in order to determine the proper procedure(s) necessary to
produce the correct output. Results of this experimentation may then be used to
modify the configuration file to provide the proper printer commands, and end of
printing pass messages for your printer and procedures.
-> To replace a printer command's default value edit the command as desired. Any
ASCII character may be used in a command string EXCEPT for carriage return
(13). All characters are entered using their ASCII codes. (Hold the ALTER-
NATE key down and enter the ASCII code using the numeric keypad only.) To
comment out a printer command, add a '*' at the beginning of its line.
NOTE The format of the printer commands is:
[parameter #]:{description}{max. length}=[value]
In general, printer commands should remain in the same order as in the distribu-
tion file. Blank lines (except at the end of the end of pass messages) and those
not starting with a numeric code are ignored.
The messages that are displayed at the end of the various printer passes are
located in the section "PAPER SOURCE BIN PARAMETERS", at the end of the printer
commands. These messages may be customized for your specific printer or instal-
lation in the same manner as the other printer commands.
-> To edit the end of pass messages, place each desired message line on a sepa-
rate line (ended with a CR LF combination) in the file, starting the first
line on the same line as the equals sign. A blank line MUST follow the last
message line. Blank characters at the beginning and the end of each message
line are significant, and will be displayed as entered.
-> To use a configuration change file, specify its name and path on the command
line using the configuration change file option or select it using the
program's SETUP Function.
138
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILES
The beginning of the configuration file, "LASR-MAN.LMG", is shown on the follow-
ing page.
Following that, is a configuration change file used to suppress the text placed
on blank text pages.
NOTE CONTROL CODES ARE SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL IN BRACES {} WITH THEIR DECIMAL
VALUE SINCE THEY ARE NON-PRINTING. THEY SHOULD APPEAR IN THE CONFIGU-
RATION FILE AS SINGLE ASCII CHARACTERS WITHOUT THE BRACKETS. The maxi-
mum length of text data fields is given in brackets [ ].
139
EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILES LASR-MAN Version 5.0
LASR-MAN PRINTER COMMAND CONFIGURATION FILE
█▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀█
█ LASR-MAN PRINTER CONFIGURATION FILE █
█▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█
NAME: LASR-MAN.LMG
: Copyright 1991-1993, Micrometric, All Rights Reserved.
SOURCE: 03-15-91 Micrometric, Sarasota, FL.
MOD: 04-12-92 Rename and rework from Version 3
: Renumber all parameters (old number in <>)
:
:THE ORDER OF THE PRINTER PARAMETERS BELOW MUST BE :
: -------
:Standard Printer Parameters
:Paper Size Parameters
:Paper Source Bin Parameters
FOR THE DEFAULT CONFIGURATION FILE, IT IS IMPORTANT THAT ALL
PARAMETERS BE SET!! (They should all be present with no leading "*")
1001:version=50
█▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀█
█ STANDARD PRINTER PARAMETERS █
█▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█
1011:print_no_page_message[80]=÷ LASR-MAN prints books & pamphlets: Saves Tree
s! ÷
*1011:print_no_page_message[80]=÷ This space is intentionally left blank ÷
1012:print_landscape[9]={27}&l1O
1013:print_portrait[9]={27}&l0O
1014:print_reset[24]={27}E{27}&l2A
1015:print_underlineoff[9]={27}&d@
1016:print_underlineon[9]={27}&dD
1017:print_topline_normal[9]={27}&a0R
1018:print_font[9]={27}(10U
1021:char_for_control=■
1022:chars_for_continue[10]=═══>>
1023:char_for_formfeed=\
1031:print_char_horiz_block=▀
1032:print_char_horiz_thin=─
1041:print_char_vert_block=█
1042:print_char_vert_thin=│
1099:print_newsheet[9]={12}
1999:end=Yes
----- FILE CONTINUES ----
140
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILES
LASR-MAN PRINTER COMMAND CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE
LASR-MAN PRINTER CONFIGURATION CHANGE FILE
NAME: NONOPAGE.LMC
: Suppresses the no page message
: Copyright 1991-1993, Micrometric, All Rights Reserved.
SOURCE: 04-12-92 Micrometric, Sarasota, FL.
To change a value from its default, remove the leading "*", if present, and
change the parameter after the equal sign to the desired value. All parameters
starting with a "*" will use the value previously loaded.
1001:version=50
1006:any_size_bin=Yes
1011:print_no_page_message[80]=
1999:end=Yes
141
LASR-MAN FILES
LASR-MAN is distributed as compressed archives consisting of the following
files:
Files required for LASR-MAN operation:
LASR-MAN.EXE . . Executable program
LASR-MAN.LMG . . Printer configuration file
Additional files necessary for FULL LASR-MAN operation:
BINDMARG.LMC . . Configuration change file for a binding margin
LASR-MAN.HLP . . Help text information
LASR-MAN.ORD . . Shareware/retail registration order form
STAMP-P0.LMF . . STAMP-IT! "rubber stamp" soft font
?????-P2.LMF . . Type 2 (256 character) Letter Gothic soft fonts in Portrait
orientation only
NOTE These fonts support LaserJet IID/IIP/III/IV printers and compatibles.
LaserJet + printers/compatibles require the soft fonts in the file
"LM-FONT1.ZIP". LaserJet II printers/compatibles require the soft
fonts in the file "LM-FONT2.ZIP". DeskJet printers/compatibles require
the soft fonts in the file "LM-FONT3.ZIP".
Files included to aid in the use of LASR-MAN:
INITIAL.LMO . . . Initial option settings option file
LASR-MAN.DOC . . LASR-MAN documentation manual
LASR-MAN.ICO . . LASR-MAN Windows icon
LASR-MAN.PIF . . LASR-MAN Windows program information file
NONOPAGE.LMC . . Configuration change file to suppress the blank page message
PAGES-*.DOC . . . Test print documents with 1, 2, 4, 8 and 16 pages
SAMPLE.LMV . . . Sample cover file with large letters
Additional files in the distribution archive:
DESC.SDI . . . . BBS program description
FILE_ID.DIZ . . . BBS program description
LASR-MAN.WHO . . List of LASR-MAN files in the distribution file
README . . . . . Text file consisting of program summary, features, and history
The registered version diskette includes these additional files:
Installation files:
INSTALL.EXE . . . Installation program
INSTALL.HLP . . . Installation program help file
INSTALLZ.EXE . . Installation unpack program
INST@SW.ZIP . . . Installation program files
README. . . . . . Installation read me file
Additional SUPPLEMENTAL FILES available for LASR-MAN include:
LM-FONT1.ZIP . . Type 1 Portrait and Landscape soft fonts
142
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 LASR-MAN FILES
LM-FONT2.ZIP . . Type 2 Landscape soft fonts
LM-FONT3.ZIP . . Type 3 DeskJet Portrait and Landscape soft fonts
LM-C2PPS.ZIP . . Configuration change files to print 2 pages/side with pitches
other than Line Printer 17 cpi font
LM-C4PPS.ZIP . . Configuration change file to print 4 pages/side with pitches
other than Small 23 cpi font
The files that can be generated or used by LASR-MAN consist of:
$$*.TMP . . . . . Temporary print compose files for DeskJet printer output.
*.LMC . . . . . . Change configuration files. See the chapter "EDITING THE CON-
FIGURATION FILES" for information on their format and use.
*.LMO . . . . . . Saved option files. These files may be edited using an ASCII
word processor and any option changed or removed.
*.LMV . . . . . . Cover files. These files may be created and edited by an ASCII
word processor. Their line width should be equal or less than
the characters per line allowed by the selected STYLE OF OUT-
PUT that will be used.
LASR-MAN.PRN . . Reassigned printer output disk file.
LASR-MAN.REG . . LASR-MAN registration information.
143
GLOSSARY
1 UP TYPE . Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on one side
of a sheet. Prints one page on a sheet.
2 UP TYPE . Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on one side
of a sheet. Prints two pages on a sheet.
4 UP TYPE . Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on one side
of a sheet. Prints four pages on a sheet.
8 UP TYPE . Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on one side
of a sheet. Prints eight pages on a sheet.
BOOK PAGE . A book page is one side of the portion of a sheet that contains no
fold for either PAMPHLET or BOOK type printing styles. It may contain
one, two or four pages of text.
BOOK TYPE . Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both
sides of a sheet. Prints four pages on a sheet with the first page on
the right side of the first sheet and the second page on the back of
the first. Multiple files are treated as chapters in the book, and the
output is a single group of sheets.
BRAND . Create a registration file with your name and the system serial number.
CHANGE CONFIG(URATION) FILE . A file containing printer control commands used to
alter the defaults loaded from the CONFIGURATION FILE for a single
program execution.
CONFIG(URATION) FILE A file containing the printer control language (PCL) com-
mands for the specific sizes and sources of paper. This file also con-
tains the messages displayed at the end of the first printing pass,
when the sheets are being printed on both sides.
COVER FILE A text file to be printed before the selected file(s). This file may
be of any length and must have an extension of ".LMV".
CPI . . Characters per inch.
CPL . . Characters per line.
DOUBLE TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on both sides
of a sheet. Prints one page on a side and two pages on a sheet.
DOUBLE SIDED LANDSCAPE TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and
printing on both sides of a sheet. Prints one page on a side two pages
on a sheet.
DOUBLE PAMPHLET TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on
both sides of a sheet. Prints eight pages on a sheet. Each file is
printed on a separate group of sheets.
DOUBLE BOOK TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on both
sides of a sheet. Prints eight pages on a sheet. Multiple files are
144
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 GLOSSARY
treated as chapters in the book and the output is a single group of
sheets.
DUPLEX The ability of the printer to print text on first one side of a sheet
of paper, and then print text on the other side of that sheet in the
same printer pass.
ELITE . Pitch of twelve characters per inch, printed at eight lines per inch.
HEXADECIMAL TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on
both sides of a sheet. Prints eight pages on a side and sixteen pages
on a sheet.
LANDSCAPE . Orientation where the long side of the sheet is horizontal.
LANDSCAPE TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on one
side of a sheet. Prints one text page on a sheet.
LINE PRINTER Pitch of 16.67 characters per inch printed at 9.34 lines per
inch.
LINE/PAGE LIMIT . Maximum text lines to allow on a page. This value can override
the defined lines per page based on the PAPER SIZE, as long as it is
less.
LPI . . Lines per inch.
LPP . . Lines per page.
MAXC/L Maximum characters per line.
MAXL/P Maximum lines per page.
OCTAL TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on both sides
of a sheet. Prints four pages per side and eight pages on a sheet.
OPTION FILE A file that contains a set of LASR-MAN options that may be loaded
either from the command line or by menu selection.
ORIENTATION The location of the printing on sheets, either portrait or land-
scape.
PAGE . A logical block of text data terminated by a form feed character or the
maximum number of lines per page.
PAGE DIVIDERS Lines, separating text pages, printed on sheets with more than
one text page per side.
PAGE FLOW . The orientation of text pages on sheets with four or more pages per
side: either horizontal or vertical.
145
GLOSSARY LASR-MAN Version 5.0
PAGES/SIDE The number of text pages that are printed on one side of a sheet of
paper.
PAGES/BOOK PAGE . The number of text pages that will appear on the page of ei-
ther a pamphlet or a book when the pamphlet/book pages are cut/folded.
PAMPHLET TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both
sides of a sheet. Prints four pages on a sheet with the first page on
the right side of the first sheet and the second page on the back of
the first. Each file is printed on a separate group of sheets. Pamphlet
type style prints each file on separate sheets while book type style
uses the same sheets for all files.
PAPER SOURCE BIN The selected location from which paper to be printed is feed.
PAPER SIZE The selected size of the paper to be printed.
PASSES Number of times that the output paper sheets must be printed.
PICA . Pitch of ten characters per inch printed at six lines per inch.
PITCH . Number of characters per inch.
PORTRAIT Orientation where the long side of the sheet is vertical.
PORTRAIT TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on one
side of a sheet. Prints one text page on a sheet.
PPS . . Text pages per side.
PRINT FONT The font used by the printer to produce the output document. This
font may be an internal printer font, one from a printer cartridge or a
soft font that has been downloaded to the printer.
PCL . . Printer Control Language.
QUAD PAMPHLET TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on
both sides of a sheet. Prints sixteen pages on a sheet. Each file is
printed on a separate group of sheets.
QUAD BOOK TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both
sides of a sheet. Prints sixteen pages on a sheet. Multiple files are
treated as chapters in the book and the output is a single group of
sheets.
QUAD TYPE . Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both
sides of a sheet. Prints two pages on a side and four pages on a sheet.
SCANS . Number of times that the group of files selected and tagged to be
printed must be read during the printing process.
146
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 GLOSSARY
SHEET . A physical piece of paper that may have more than one logical page of
data printed on it. Sheets may be printed on one side or on both sides.
SIDE . One side of a physical piece of paper.
SMALL . Pitch of 23 characters per inch printed at 12.67 lines per inch.
STYLE . The orientation and method of printing (single-sided or double-sided)
sheets.
TINY . Pitch of 33 characters per inch printed at 16 lines per inch.
TYPE . Major STYLE OF OUTPUT.
U_LINE TOGGLE A character that will allow underlining of text blocks when they
are printed.
USER DISPLAY LEVEL The specified level of background information to display
when waiting for main/function menu selection.
USER MENU LEVEL . The specified level of options to allow and display on the
function menus.
147
INDEX
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 144
2 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 144
4 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 144
8 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 144
Action steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Actions and messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Advanced user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 66, 76
Archive bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 34, 35, 77, 113, 114, 116, 118, 119
Background information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 61, 67, 69, 78
Binding margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 67, 106, 127, 142
Blank lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 46, 67, 91, 106, 108, 138
Book page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 16-18, 57, 58, 97, 129-131, 144, 146
Book type . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 14-16, 44, 57, 58, 94, 95, 106, 144, 146
Brackets and parentheses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Brand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 23, 27, 28, 81, 144
Cancel . . 25, 28, 30, 65, 73, 75-77, 85-89, 99, 101, 105, 108, 109, 111, 118,
124-126, 133, 134, 135
Cancel exiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Change config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 73, 76, 77, 138
Change configuration file . . . . . . . . . . 30, 34, 36, 73, 74, 106, 138, 141
Change menu colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 85
Command line/environment options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34
Change configuration file . . . . . . . . 30, 34, 36, 73, 74, 106, 138, 141
Cover file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 37, 77, 91, 101, 102, 142, 144
Drive-directory path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-27, 30, 34, 38
File mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 39, 76, 77, 113, 114, 116, 118, 135
Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 34, 40, 84
Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 41, 77, 91, 111, 145
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 24, 34, 42, 63, 70, 77, 84, 85, 133
Option file . . . 9, 34, 38, 43, 76, 77, 90, 91, 99, 100, 135, 136, 142, 145
Option switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 34, 44, 67, 68, 77, 91, 106
Paper size . 9, 19, 33, 34, 49, 63, 68, 75-77, 79, 80, 87, 91, 92, 137, 140,
145, 146
Paper source bin . . . . . . 9, 34, 50, 87, 121, 122, 127, 135, 138, 140, 146
Pitch . . 8, 9, 11-19, 34, 51, 53, 54, 67, 81, 82, 91, 93-96, 98, 120, 122,
145-147
Print font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 53, 79, 80, 82, 146
Reverse 2nd pass printing . . . . . . . . . . 55, 76, 77, 120, 127, 133, 135
Reverse second pass printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 50, 55
STAMP-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 56, 77, 91, 112, 142
Style of output . 32-34, 46, 51, 57, 58, 63, 68, 75-77, 82, 93-97, 108, 109,
111, 115, 122-125, 137, 143, 147
Title . . . . . . . . . . 9, 34, 44, 45, 59, 60, 63, 67, 76, 77, 91, 103-107
User display level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 61, 69, 75, 77, 78, 147
User menu level . . . . . 34, 62, 68-70, 75, 77, 78, 91, 113, 120, 133, 147
Computer key conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Cover file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 37, 77, 91, 101, 102, 142, 144
Cpi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 81, 82, 93, 98, 137, 143, 144
Cpl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 93, 144
Custom title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Cutting and folding sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Data path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 67, 70, 71, 73, 75-77, 89, 113, 135
148
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 INDEX
DeskJet printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 9, 53, 137, 142
Disk not ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 65
Double sided landscape type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 57, 144
Double type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 144
Drive-directory path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-27, 30, 34, 38
Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 50, 55, 121-123, 145
Editing the configuration file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 36, 73, 126, 138
Elite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 51, 53, 54, 66, 81, 82, 98, 137, 145
Escape key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Exit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 90, 99, 133, 136
Cancel exiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Return to DOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-77, 133, 134
Save options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 70, 75-77, 90, 133, 135
Expert user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 77, 115
File mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 39, 76, 77, 113, 114, 116, 118, 135
File page start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 67, 106
File select function
Archive bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 34, 35, 77, 113, 114, 116, 118, 119
File mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 39, 76, 77, 113, 114, 116, 118, 135
File selection/tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 75-77, 114-116, 118
File selection/tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 75-77, 114-116, 118
File view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 74, 99, 101
File view key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Files required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Footer . . . . . . . . . 8, 9, 19, 20, 34, 59, 60, 68, 76, 77, 91, 93, 103, 104
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Header . . . . . . . . . . 8, 9, 19, 20, 34, 45, 59, 60, 69, 103, 104, 107, 124
Help key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 24, 63, 64, 66
Hexadecimal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 145
Information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 61, 67, 69, 78
Installing the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 63, 93, 97
Landscape orientation . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 11, 57, 68, 93, 94, 127, 144-146
Landscape type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 11, 57, 94, 144, 145
LaserJet printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
LASR-MAN files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 27, 28, 142
Line printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 51, 53, 54, 81, 82, 143, 145
Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 41, 77, 91, 111, 145
Lpi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Lpp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 93, 145
Main menu function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Major features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Manual format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Maxc/l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 117, 123, 145
Maxl/p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 117, 123, 145
Menu border . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Menu type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 86
No left margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 67, 91, 106, 108
Normal user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Octal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 145
Operation sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Option file . . . . . 9, 34, 38, 43, 76, 77, 90, 91, 99, 100, 135, 136, 142, 145
Option switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 34, 44, 67, 68, 77, 91, 106
149
INDEX LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Binding margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 67, 106, 127, 142
Blank lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 46, 67, 91, 106, 108, 138
File page start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 67, 106
No left margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 67, 91, 106, 108
Page dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 107, 145
Page flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 12, 13, 46, 67, 91, 106, 108, 145
Print form feeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 106
Spaces/tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 67, 91, 106, 109
Switch titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 67, 106
Tab print width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 67, 91, 106, 109
Text word wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 67, 91, 106, 109, 110
Title headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 67, 91, 106, 107
U_line toggle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Options function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 61-63, 91, 104
Cover file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 37, 77, 91, 101, 102, 142, 144
Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 41, 77, 91, 111, 145
Option file . . . 9, 34, 38, 43, 76, 77, 90, 91, 99, 100, 135, 136, 142, 145
Option switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 34, 44, 67, 68, 77, 91, 106
Page title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 59, 63, 76, 77, 91, 103, 104
Paper size . 9, 19, 33, 34, 49, 63, 68, 75-77, 79, 80, 87, 91, 92, 137, 140,
145, 146
STAMP-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 56, 77, 91, 112, 142
Style of output . 32-34, 46, 51, 57, 58, 63, 68, 75-77, 82, 93-97, 108, 109,
111, 115, 122-125, 137, 143, 147
Output to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 34, 48, 77, 120, 122, 128
Page dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 107, 145
Page flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 12, 13, 46, 67, 91, 106, 108, 145
Page layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Page title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 59, 63, 76, 77, 91, 103, 104
Pages/book page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 130, 131, 146
Pages/side . 11-18, 67, 91, 93, 96, 104, 107, 108, 120, 129-131, 137, 143, 146
Pamphlet type . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 14-16, 32, 44, 57, 94, 95, 106, 144, 146
Paper size 9, 19, 33, 34, 49, 63, 68, 75-77, 79, 80, 87, 91, 92, 137, 140, 145,
146
Paper source bin . . . . . . . 9, 34, 50, 87, 121, 122, 127, 135, 138, 140, 146
Pass 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124, 126
Pass 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Pica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 18, 51, 53, 66, 81, 82, 98, 146
Pitch
Line printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 51, 53, 54, 81, 82, 143, 145
Small . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 18, 51, 53, 54, 66, 81, 82, 98, 143, 147
Tiny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 18, 51, 53, 54, 66, 81, 82, 98, 137, 147
Portrait orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 57, 81, 94, 137, 142, 144-146
Portrait type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 94, 146
Preview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 85, 86, 117, 125
Print font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 53, 79, 80, 82, 146
Print form feeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 106
Print function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 82, 116, 120, 124, 135
Output to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 34, 48, 77, 120, 122, 128
Paper source bin . . . . . . 9, 34, 50, 87, 121, 122, 127, 135, 138, 140, 146
Print these selected files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-77, 120, 122
Reverse 2nd pass output . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 76, 77, 120, 127, 133, 135
Print style overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 11, 81, 93, 97
150
LASR-MAN Version 5.0 INDEX
Print these selected files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-77, 120, 122
Printer 1, 8, 10, 11, 18, 20, 26, 27, 32, 34, 36, 48, 50-54, 57, 58, 63-67, 70,
73-77, 79-82, 91, 92, 94, 95, 112, 114, 120-122, 124, 126, 128, 133,
137, 138, 140, 141-146
Printer not ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Printing complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Quad type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 146
Quick install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 21, 23, 28, 134, 142-144
Reload the defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Restore conf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 70, 77, 87
Restore path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 70, 77, 89
Return to DOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-77, 133, 134
Reverse 2nd pass output . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 76, 77, 120, 127, 133, 135
Reverse second pass printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 50, 55
Rubber stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 56, 112, 142
Running LASR-MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 24, 32, 66
Save options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 70, 75-77, 90, 133, 135
Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 115, 120, 123
Setup function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 66, 68, 70-72, 79, 90, 113, 138
Change config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 73, 76, 77, 138
Change menu colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 85
Data path . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 67, 70, 71, 73, 75-77, 89, 113, 135
Print font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 53, 79, 80, 82, 146
Reload the defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Restore conf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 70, 77, 87
Restore path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 70, 77, 89
Save options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 70, 75-77, 90, 133, 135
User level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 62, 63, 68, 69, 75, 77, 78, 115
Shareware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 10, 20-23, 134, 142
Shareware distributed documentation manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Sheet 8-19, 45, 46, 49, 51, 55, 57, 59, 64, 92-96, 107, 108, 115, 120-125, 127,
129, 137, 144-147
Sides . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19, 57, 67, 68, 91, 93-95, 120, 121, 123, 144-147
Spaces/tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 67, 91, 106, 109
STAMP-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 56, 77, 91, 112, 142
Stapling pamphlets and books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Style of output
1 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 144
2 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 144
4 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 144
8 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 144
Book type . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 14-16, 44, 57, 58, 94, 95, 106, 144, 146
Double sided landscape type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 57, 144
Double type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 144
Hexadecimal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 145
Landscape type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 11, 57, 94, 144, 145
Octal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 145
Pages/book page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 130, 131, 146
Pages/side 11-18, 67, 91, 93, 96, 104, 107, 108, 120, 129-131, 137, 143, 146
Pamphlet type . . . . . . . . . 9, 14-16, 32, 44, 57, 94, 95, 106, 144, 146
Portrait type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 94, 146
Quad type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 146
151
INDEX LASR-MAN Version 5.0
Style . 32-34, 46, 51, 57, 58, 63, 68, 75-77, 82, 93-97, 108, 109, 111, 115,
122-125, 137, 143, 147
Style type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 93, 94, 96
Style type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 93, 94, 96
Summary of all available options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Supported word processors
WordPerfect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Switch titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 67, 106
System requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Tab print width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 67, 91, 106, 109
Text word wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 67, 91, 106, 109, 110
Title headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 67, 91, 106, 107
Title segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-107
Type text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 115, 117, 123
U_line toggle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
User display level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 61, 69, 75, 77, 78, 147
User level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 62, 63, 68, 69, 75, 77, 78, 115
Advanced user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 66, 76
Expert user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 77, 115
Normal user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
User display level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 61, 69, 75, 77, 78, 147
User menu level . . . . . 34, 62, 68-70, 75, 77, 78, 91, 113, 120, 133, 147
User menu level . . . . . . . 34, 62, 68-70, 75, 77, 78, 91, 113, 120, 133, 147
Utility menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 64
Wildcard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 39, 118
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 32, 85, 115, 120, 123, 142
WordPerfect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
■■■■-MAN programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
152